doc: update CMSIS-DAP info to match default driver behaviour
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * Flash Programming:: Flash Programming
76 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
77 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
78 * General Commands:: General Commands
79 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
80 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
81 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
82 * Utility Commands:: Utility Commands
83 * TFTP:: TFTP
84 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
85 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
86 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
87 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
88 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
89
90 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
91 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
92 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
93 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
94 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
95 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
96 @end menu
97
98 @node About
99 @unnumbered About
100 @cindex about
101
102 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a 2005 diploma thesis written
103 at the University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.hs-augsburg.de}).
104 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
105 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
106 around the world.
107
108 @section What is OpenOCD?
109 @cindex TAP
110 @cindex JTAG
111
112 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
113 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
114 devices.
115
116 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
117 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
118 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
119 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
120 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
121 needed to hook up to the target.
122
123 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
124 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
125 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
126 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
127 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
128
129 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
130 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
131 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
132 let the development board connect directly to the debug
133 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
134
135 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
136 signaling, and is used to communicate
137 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
138 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
139 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
140 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
141 scan operations.
142
143 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
144 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
145 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD supports only
146 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
147
148 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
149 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
150 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
151 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
152
153
154 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles:
155 USB-based, parallel port-based, and other standalone boxes that run
156 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
157
158 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
159 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
160 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3, ST STM32 and Energy Micro EFM32) based cores to be
161 debugged via the GDB protocol.
162
163 @b{Flash Programming:} Flash writing is supported for external
164 CFI-compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
165 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000, LPC4300, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U,
166 STR7x, STR9x, LM3, STM32x and EFM32). Preliminary support for various NAND flash
167 controllers (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) is included.
168
169 @section OpenOCD Web Site
170
171 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
172
173 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
174
175 @section Latest User's Guide:
176
177 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
178 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
179 Its HTML form is published regularly at:
180
181 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
182
183 PDF form is likewise published at:
184
185 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
186
187 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
188
189 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
190 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
191 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
192 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
193 instead of this forum.
194
195 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
196
197 @section OpenOCD User's Mailing List
198
199 The OpenOCD User Mailing List provides the primary means of
200 communication between users:
201
202 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-user}
203
204 @section OpenOCD IRC
205
206 Support can also be found on irc:
207 @uref{irc://irc.freenode.net/openocd}
208
209 @node Developers
210 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
211 @cindex developers
212
213 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
214 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
215 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
216 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
217
218 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
219 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
220
221 @section OpenOCD Git Repository
222
223 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
224 a Git repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
225
226 @uref{git://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
227
228 or via http
229
230 @uref{http://git.code.sf.net/p/openocd/code}
231
232 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
233
234 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
235
236 With standard Git tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
237 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
238 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
239 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
240 needing a Git client:
241
242 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
243
244 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
245 from the repository or a snapshot.
246
247 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
248 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
249 Patches created against older versions may require additional
250 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
251
252 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
253
254 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
255 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
256 technical information about the software internals, development
257 processes, and similar documentation:
258
259 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
260
261 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
262 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
263 listed in the Doxyfile configuration at the top of the source tree.
264
265 @section Gerrit Review System
266
267 All changes in the OpenOCD Git repository go through the web-based Gerrit
268 Code Review System:
269
270 @uref{http://openocd.zylin.com/}
271
272 After a one-time registration and repository setup, anyone can push commits
273 from their local Git repository directly into Gerrit.
274 All users and developers are encouraged to review, test, discuss and vote
275 for changes in Gerrit. The feedback provides the basis for a maintainer to
276 eventually submit the change to the main Git repository.
277
278 The @file{HACKING} file, also available as the Patch Guide in the Doxygen
279 Developer Manual, contains basic information about how to connect a
280 repository to Gerrit, prepare and push patches. Patch authors are expected to
281 maintain their changes while they're in Gerrit, respond to feedback and if
282 necessary rework and push improved versions of the change.
283
284 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
285
286 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
287 communication between developers:
288
289 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
290
291 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
292
293 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
294 using Trac for its bug database:
295
296 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
297
298
299 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
300 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
301 @cindex dongles
302 @cindex FTDI
303 @cindex wiggler
304 @cindex zy1000
305 @cindex printer port
306 @cindex USB Adapter
307 @cindex RTCK
308
309 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugs into a computer and serves as
310 an adapter .... [snip]
311
312 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
313 attaches to your computer via USB or the parallel port. One
314 exception is the Ultimate Solutions ZY1000, packaged as a small box you
315 attach via an ethernet cable. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
316 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
317 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
318 and has a built-in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
319
320
321 @section Choosing a Dongle
322
323 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
324
325 @enumerate
326 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
327 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
328 other ways to communicate with target devices.
329 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
330 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
331 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
332 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
333 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
334 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, parallel, or
335 Ethernet port needed?
336 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
337 RTCK support (also known as ``adaptive clocking'')?
338 @end enumerate
339
340 @section Stand-alone JTAG Probe
341
342 The ZY1000 from Ultimate Solutions is technically not a dongle but a
343 stand-alone JTAG probe that, unlike most dongles, doesn't require any drivers
344 running on the developer's host computer.
345 Once installed on a network using DHCP or a static IP assignment, users can
346 access the ZY1000 probe locally or remotely from any host with access to the
347 IP address assigned to the probe.
348 The ZY1000 provides an intuitive web interface with direct access to the
349 OpenOCD debugger.
350 Users may also run a GDBSERVER directly on the ZY1000 to take full advantage
351 of GCC & GDB to debug any distribution of embedded Linux or NetBSD running on
352 the target.
353 The ZY1000 supports RTCK & RCLK or adaptive clocking and has a built-in relay
354 to power cycle the target remotely.
355
356 For more information, visit:
357
358 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.ultsol.com/index.php/component/content/article/8/210-zylin-zy1000-main}
359
360 @section USB FT2232 Based
361
362 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them based
363 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
364 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
365 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
366 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
367 chips started to become available in JTAG adapters. Around 2012, a new
368 variant appeared - FT232H - this is a single-channel version of FT2232H.
369 (Adapters using those high speed FT2232H or FT232H chips may support adaptive
370 clocking.)
371
372 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
373 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
374 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
375 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
376 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
377
378 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
379 a built-in low-cost debug adapter and USB-to-serial solution.
380
381 @itemize @bullet
382 @item @b{usbjtag}
383 @* Link @url{http://elk.informatik.fh-augsburg.de/hhweb/doc/openocd/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
384 @item @b{jtagkey}
385 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
386 @item @b{jtagkey2}
387 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
388 @item @b{oocdlink}
389 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
390 @item @b{signalyzer}
391 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
392 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
393 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
394 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
395 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
396 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
397 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
398 @item @b{TI/Luminary ICDI}
399 @* See: @url{http://www.ti.com} - TI/Luminary In-Circuit Debug
400 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
401 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
402 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
403 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
404 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
405 @item @b{Flyswatter/Flyswatter2}
406 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
407 @item @b{turtelizer2}
408 @* See:
409 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
410 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
411 @item @b{comstick}
412 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
413 @item @b{stm32stick}
414 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
415 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
416 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com} - NOTE: This JTAG does not appear
417 to be available anymore as of April 2012.
418 @item @b{cortino}
419 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
420 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
421 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
422 @item @b{digilent-hs1}
423 @* Link @url{http://www.digilentinc.com/Products/Detail.cfm?Prod=JTAG-HS1}
424 @item @b{opendous}
425 @* Link @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous/wiki/JTAG} FT2232H-based
426 (OpenHardware).
427 @item @b{JTAG-lock-pick Tiny 2}
428 @* Link @url{http://www.distortec.com/jtag-lock-pick-tiny-2} FT232H-based
429
430 @item @b{GW16042}
431 @* Link: @url{http://shop.gateworks.com/index.php?route=product/product&path=70_80&product_id=64}
432 FT2232H-based
433
434 @end itemize
435 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
436
437 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
438 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
439 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
440 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
441 or emulates this protocol using some other hardware.
442
443 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
444 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
445 (see the section on driver commands).
446
447 @itemize
448 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
449 @* Link: @url{http://ixo-jtag.sourceforge.net/}
450 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
451 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
452 @end itemize
453
454 @section USB JLINK based
455 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
456 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
457 AT91SAM764 internally.
458
459 @itemize @bullet
460 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
461 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
462 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
463 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
464 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
465 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/en/products/hardware-debug-probes/iar-j-link/}
466 @end itemize
467
468 @section USB RLINK based
469 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer,
470 permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for
471 SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
472
473 @itemize @bullet
474 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
475 @* Link: @url{http://www.mcu-raisonance.com/~rlink-debugger-programmer__microcontrollers__tool~tool__T018:4cn9ziz4bnx6.html}
476 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
477 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
478 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
480 @end itemize
481
482 @section USB ST-LINK based
483 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
484 They only work with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
485
486 @itemize @bullet
487 @item @b{ST-LINK}
488 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
489 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
490 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
491 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
492 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
493 @end itemize
494
495 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class; however,
496 its implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under Linux.
497 The simplest solution is to get Linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following methods:
498 @itemize @bullet
499 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
500 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
501 @end itemize
502
503 @section USB TI/Stellaris ICDI based
504 Texas Instruments has an adapter called @b{ICDI}.
505 It is not to be confused with the FTDI based adapters that were originally fitted to their
506 evaluation boards. This is the adapter fitted to the Stellaris LaunchPad.
507
508 @section USB CMSIS-DAP based
509 ARM has released a interface standard called CMSIS-DAP that simplifies connecting
510 debuggers to ARM Cortex based targets @url{http://www.keil.com/support/man/docs/dapdebug/dapdebug_introduction.htm}.
511
512 @section USB Other
513 @itemize @bullet
514 @item @b{USBprog}
515 @* Link: @url{http://shop.embedded-projects.net/} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
516
517 @item @b{USB - Presto}
518 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
519
520 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
521 @* Link: @url{http://www.versaloon.com}
522
523 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
524 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
525
526 @item @b{Buspirate}
527 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
528
529 @item @b{opendous}
530 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/opendous-jtag/} - which uses an AT90USB162
531
532 @item @b{estick}
533 @* Link: @url{http://code.google.com/p/estick-jtag/}
534
535 @item @b{Keil ULINK v1}
536 @* Link: @url{http://www.keil.com/ulink1/}
537 @end itemize
538
539 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
540
541 The two well-known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilinx DLC5
542 and the Macraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
543 these on the market.
544
545 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
546 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
547 of USB-based ones.
548
549 @itemize @bullet
550
551 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
552 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
553
554 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
555 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
556 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
557
558 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
559 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
560
561 @item @b{Wiggler2}
562 @* Link: @url{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/~michaels/index.php/hardware/armjtag}
563
564 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
565 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
566
567 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
568 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
569
570 @item @b{arm-jtag}
571 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
572
573 @item @b{chameleon}
574 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
575
576 @item @b{Triton}
577 @* Unknown.
578
579 @item @b{Lattice}
580 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
581 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
582
583 @item @b{flashlink}
584 @* From ST Microsystems;
585 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/com/TECHNICAL_RESOURCES/TECHNICAL_LITERATURE/DATA_BRIEF/DM00039500.pdf}
586
587 @end itemize
588
589 @section Other...
590 @itemize @bullet
591
592 @item @b{ep93xx}
593 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
594
595 @item @b{at91rm9200}
596 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
597
598 @item @b{bcm2835gpio}
599 @* A BCM2835-based board (e.g. Raspberry Pi) using the GPIO pins of the expansion header.
600
601 @item @b{jtag_vpi}
602 @* A JTAG driver acting as a client for the JTAG VPI server interface.
603 @* Link: @url{http://github.com/fjullien/jtag_vpi}
604
605 @end itemize
606
607 @node About Jim-Tcl
608 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
609 @cindex Jim-Tcl
610 @cindex tcl
611
612 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
613 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
614 command interpreter.
615
616 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
617 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
618 much of anything about Tcl.
619 Alternatively, you can write Tcl programs with them.
620
621 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.tcl.tk}.
622 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
623 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
624 OpenOCD mailing list.
625
626 @itemize @bullet
627 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
628 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
629 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
630 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
631 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
632 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
633
634 @item @b{Missing Features}
635 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
636 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
637 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
638 enabled in OpenOCD.
639
640 @item @b{Scripts}
641 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
642 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
643 Jim-Tcl commands, and the (older) original command interpreter.
644
645 @item @b{Commands}
646 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
647 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
648 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
649 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
650
651 @item @b{Historical Note}
652 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
653 before OpenOCD 0.5 release, OpenOCD switched to using Jim-Tcl
654 as a Git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim-Tcl
655 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim-Tcl.
656
657 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
658 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
659 @end itemize
660
661 @node Running
662 @chapter Running
663 @cindex command line options
664 @cindex logfile
665 @cindex directory search
666
667 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
668 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
669 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
670 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
671 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
672
673 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
674 tell it how each debug session should work.
675 The @option{--help} option shows:
676 @verbatim
677 bash$ openocd --help
678
679 --help | -h display this help
680 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
681 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
682 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
683 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
684 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
685 --command | -c run <command>
686 @end verbatim
687
688 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
689 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
690 To specify one or more different
691 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
692
693 @example
694 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
695 @end example
696
697 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
698 @enumerate
699 @item the current directory,
700 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
701 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
702 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
703 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
704 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
705 @end enumerate
706 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
707
708 @quotation Note
709 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
710 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
711 @end quotation
712
713 @section Simple setup, no customization
714
715 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
716 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
717 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
718 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
719 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
720
721 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
722 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
723 the server with some variation of one of the following:
724
725 @example
726 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
727 openocd -f interface/ftdi/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
728 @end example
729
730 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
731 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
732 If all goes well you'll see output something like
733
734 @example
735 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
736 For bug reports, read
737 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
738 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
739 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
740 @end example
741
742 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
743 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
744 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
745
746 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
747
748 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
749 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
750 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
751 @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage}.
752 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
753 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
754 ensure that this always succeeds.
755 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
756 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
757 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
758 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
759
760 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
761 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
762 those channels.
763
764 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
765 the @option{-d} option.
766
767 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
768 @option{-c} command line switch.
769
770 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
771 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
772 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
773 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
774 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
775 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level<n>}
776 (@pxref{debuglevel,,debug_level}).
777
778 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
779 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
780
781 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
782 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
783 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
784 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
785
786 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
787 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
788
789 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
790 just connect the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
791 and start the OpenOCD server.
792 You also need to configure your OpenOCD server so that it knows
793 about your adapter and board, and helps your work.
794 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
795 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
796
797 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
798
799 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
800 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
801 and a USB cable on the other.
802 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
803 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
804
805 @enumerate
806 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
807 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
808 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
809 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
810 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
811 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
812 debugging host.
813
814 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
815 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
816 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
817 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
818 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
819
820 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
821 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
822 with 1.2 Volt boards.
823
824 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
825 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
826 ways to connect the cable.
827 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
828 Be sure it's firmly connected.
829
830 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
831 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
832 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
833 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
834 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
835 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
836 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
837 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
838
839 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
840 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
841 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
842 but are tedious to set up.
843 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
844 adapter signals to the right board pins.
845
846 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
847 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
848 you are using to run OpenOCD.
849 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
850
851 For USB-based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
852 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If you're running
853 Linux, try the @command{lsusb} command. If that host is an
854 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
855
856 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
857 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
858 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
859
860 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
861 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
862 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
863 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
864
865 @end enumerate
866
867 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
868 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
869 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
870
871 @section Project Directory
872
873 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
874
875 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
876 single directory for your work with a given board.
877 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
878 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
879 files accessed through semihosting,
880 and for code you upload to the target board.
881 It is also the natural place to write files,
882 such as log files and data you download from the board.
883
884 @section Configuration Basics
885
886 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
887 a variety of ways you can mix them.
888 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
889
890 @itemize
891 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
892 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
893 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
894 @end itemize
895
896 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
897 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
898 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
899
900 @example
901 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
902
903 # GDB can also flash my flash!
904 gdb_memory_map enable
905 gdb_flash_program enable
906
907 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
908 @end example
909
910 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
911
912 @example
913 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
914 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
915 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
916 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
917 @end example
918
919 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
920 each supporting a different development task.
921 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
922 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
923
924 @quotation Important
925 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
926 problems with how it treats variables.
927 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
928 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
929 that can be tested in a later script.
930 @end quotation
931
932 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
933 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
934 to simplify your work.
935
936 @section User Config Files
937 @cindex config file, user
938 @cindex user config file
939 @cindex config file, overview
940
941 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
942 in one place.
943 One of the following will match your situation best:
944
945 @itemize
946 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
947 provided by someone else.
948 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
949 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
950 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
951 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
952 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
953 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
954
955 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
956 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
957
958 @enumerate
959 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
960 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
961 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
962 @end enumerate
963
964 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
965 The first is an interface config file.
966 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
967 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
968 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
969 meet your deadline:
970
971 @example
972 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
973 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
974 @end example
975
976 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
977 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
978 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
979 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
980
981 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
982 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
983 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
984 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
985 target and board
986 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
987 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
988
989 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
990 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
991 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
992 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
993
994 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
995 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
996 giving access to your particular flash chips.
997 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
998 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
999
1000 @quotation Note
1001 When you write new configuration files, please submit
1002 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
1003 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
1004 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
1005 will help support users of any board using that chip.
1006 @end quotation
1007
1008 @item
1009 You may may need to write some C code.
1010 It may be as simple as supporting a new FT2232 or parport
1011 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
1012 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
1013 a new chip architecture.
1014 @end itemize
1015
1016 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
1017 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
1018 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
1019
1020 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
1021 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
1022 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
1023 @itemize
1024
1025 @item
1026 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
1027 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
1028 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
1029 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
1030
1031 @item
1032 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
1033 @cindex vector_catch
1034 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
1035 and @command{cortex_m vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
1036 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
1037 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
1038 along with messaging and tracing setup.
1039 (@xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
1040
1041 @item
1042 You might need to override some defaults.
1043 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
1044 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
1045
1046 @item
1047 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
1048 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
1049 a user config file. @xref{tcpipports,,TCP/IP Ports}.
1050 @end itemize
1051
1052 @section Project-Specific Utilities
1053
1054 A few project-specific utility
1055 routines may well speed up your work.
1056 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
1057
1058 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
1059 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
1060 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
1061 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
1062 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
1063 may help:
1064
1065 @example
1066 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
1067 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
1068 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
1069 # Leave the CPU halted.
1070 reset init
1071
1072 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
1073 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
1074
1075 # Start running.
1076 resume 0x20000000
1077 @}
1078 @end example
1079
1080 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1081 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1082 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1083 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1084 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1085
1086 @example
1087 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1088 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1089 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1090 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1091 reset init
1092
1093 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1094 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1095 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1096 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1097 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1098 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1099 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1100
1101 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1102 reset run
1103 @}
1104 @end example
1105
1106 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1107 from NAND.
1108 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1109 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1110 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1111
1112 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1113 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1114
1115 @section Target Software Changes
1116
1117 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1118 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1119 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1120 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1121 handling issues like:
1122
1123 @itemize @bullet
1124
1125 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1126 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1127 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1128 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1129 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1130 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1131 your debug sessions.
1132
1133 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1134 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1135 That might however be your only option.
1136
1137 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1138 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1139 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1140 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1141 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1142 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1143 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1144 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1145 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1146 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1147 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1148 instead of the whole thing.
1149 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1150 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1151
1152 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1153 @cindex ARM semihosting
1154 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1155 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1156 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1157 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1158 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1159 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1160 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1161 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1162 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1163 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1164 NAND or SPI flash.
1165
1166 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1167 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1168 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1169 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1170 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1171
1172 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1173 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1174 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1175 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1176 registers which can be used to change various features including
1177 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1178 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1179 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1180 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1181 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1182
1183 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1184 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1185 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1186 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1187 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1188
1189 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1190 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1191 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1192 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1193 early code execution can be debugged
1194 or firmware can be replaced.
1195
1196 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1197 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1198 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1199 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1200 operations like writing to memory.)
1201
1202 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1203 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1204 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1205 various kinds of message.
1206 @xref{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing,,Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1207
1208 @end itemize
1209
1210 @section Target Hardware Setup
1211
1212 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1213 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1214 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1215 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1216 working with.}
1217
1218 Common issues include:
1219
1220 @itemize @bullet
1221
1222 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1223 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1224 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1225 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1226 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1227 or one from a daughtercard).
1228 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1229 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1230
1231 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1232 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1233 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1234 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1235 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1236 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1237
1238 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1239 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1240 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1241 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1242 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1243
1244
1245 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1246 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1247 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1248 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1249 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1250 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1251 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1252
1253 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1254 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1255 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1256 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1257 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1258
1259 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1260 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1261 used to start booting.
1262
1263 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1264 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1265 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1266 multiple audio codec chips).
1267 This interacts with software
1268 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1269 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1270 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1271 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1272 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1273 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1274 audio or video codecs are used.
1275
1276 @end itemize
1277
1278 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1279 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1280 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1281 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1282 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1283 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1284 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1285 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1286 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1287 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1288
1289
1290 @node Config File Guidelines
1291 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1292
1293 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1294 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1295 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1296 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1297
1298 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1299 with files including the ones listed here.
1300 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1301 @itemize @bullet
1302 @item @file{interface} ...
1303 These are for debug adapters.
1304 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1305 @example
1306 $ ls interface -R
1307 interface/:
1308 altera-usb-blaster.cfg hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1309 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg openrd.cfg
1310 at91rm9200.cfg icebear.cfg osbdm.cfg
1311 axm0432.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1312 busblaster.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1313 buspirate.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1314 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1315 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg rlink.cfg
1316 calao-usb-a9260.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1317 chameleon.cfg kt-link.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1318 cortino.cfg lisa-l.cfg signalyzer-h2.cfg
1319 digilent-hs1.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer-h4.cfg
1320 dlp-usb1232h.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1321 dummy.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg stlink-v1.cfg
1322 estick.cfg minimodule.cfg stlink-v2.cfg
1323 flashlink.cfg neodb.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1324 flossjtag.cfg ngxtech.cfg sysfsgpio-raspberrypi.cfg
1325 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg ti-icdi.cfg
1326 flyswatter2.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1327 flyswatter.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg ulink.cfg
1328 ftdi olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg usb-jtag.cfg
1329 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg oocdlink.cfg usbprog.cfg
1330 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg opendous.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1331 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg vsllink.cfg
1332 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg openocd-usb.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1333
1334 interface/ftdi:
1335 axm0432.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg
1336 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg icebear.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1337 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey2.cfg opendous_ftdi.cfg
1338 cortino.cfg jtagkey2p.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1339 dlp-usb1232h.cfg jtagkey.cfg openocd-usb-hs.cfg
1340 dp_busblaster.cfg jtag-lock-pick_tiny_2.cfg openrd.cfg
1341 flossjtag.cfg kt-link.cfg redbee-econotag.cfg
1342 flossjtag-noeeprom.cfg lisa-l.cfg redbee-usb.cfg
1343 flyswatter2.cfg luminary.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1344 flyswatter.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1345 gw16042.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg signalyzer-lite.cfg
1346 hilscher_nxhx10_etm.cfg minimodule.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1347 hilscher_nxhx500_etm.cfg neodb.cfg turtelizer2-revB.cfg
1348 hilscher_nxhx500_re.cfg ngxtech.cfg turtelizer2-revC.cfg
1349 hilscher_nxhx50_etm.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg vpaclink.cfg
1350 hilscher_nxhx50_re.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd-h.cfg xds100v2.cfg
1351 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg
1352 $
1353 @end example
1354 @item @file{board} ...
1355 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1356 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1357 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1358 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1359 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1360 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1361 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1362 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1363 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1364 a CPU and an FPGA.
1365 @example
1366 $ ls board
1367 actux3.cfg lpc1850_spifi_generic.cfg
1368 am3517evm.cfg lpc4350_spifi_generic.cfg
1369 arm_evaluator7t.cfg lubbock.cfg
1370 at91cap7a-stk-sdram.cfg mcb1700.cfg
1371 at91eb40a.cfg microchip_explorer16.cfg
1372 at91rm9200-dk.cfg mini2440.cfg
1373 at91rm9200-ek.cfg mini6410.cfg
1374 at91sam9261-ek.cfg netgear-dg834v3.cfg
1375 at91sam9263-ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1376 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1377 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1378 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1379 atmel_at91sam9rl-ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1380 atmel_sam3n_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_h107.cfg
1381 atmel_sam3s_ek.cfg olimex_stm32_p107.cfg
1382 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1383 atmel_sam3x_ek.cfg open-bldc.cfg
1384 atmel_sam4s_ek.cfg openrd.cfg
1385 balloon3-cpu.cfg osk5912.cfg
1386 colibri.cfg phone_se_j100i.cfg
1387 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg phytec_lpc3250.cfg
1388 csb337.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1389 csb732.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1390 da850evm.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1391 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg redbee.cfg
1392 diolan_lpc4350-db1.cfg rsc-w910.cfg
1393 dm355evm.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1394 dm365evm.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1395 dm6446evm.cfg spear300evb.cfg
1396 efikamx.cfg spear300evb_mod.cfg
1397 eir.cfg spear310evb20.cfg
1398 ek-lm3s1968.cfg spear310evb20_mod.cfg
1399 ek-lm3s3748.cfg spear320cpu.cfg
1400 ek-lm3s6965.cfg spear320cpu_mod.cfg
1401 ek-lm3s811.cfg steval_pcc010.cfg
1402 ek-lm3s811-revb.cfg stm320518_eval_stlink.cfg
1403 ek-lm3s8962.cfg stm32100b_eval.cfg
1404 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm3210b_eval.cfg
1405 ek-lm3s9d92.cfg stm3210c_eval.cfg
1406 ek-lm4f120xl.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1407 ek-lm4f232.cfg stm3220g_eval.cfg
1408 embedded-artists_lpc2478-32.cfg stm3220g_eval_stlink.cfg
1409 ethernut3.cfg stm3241g_eval.cfg
1410 glyn_tonga2.cfg stm3241g_eval_stlink.cfg
1411 hammer.cfg stm32f0discovery.cfg
1412 hilscher_nxdb500sys.cfg stm32f3discovery.cfg
1413 hilscher_nxeb500hmi.cfg stm32f4discovery.cfg
1414 hilscher_nxhx10.cfg stm32ldiscovery.cfg
1415 hilscher_nxhx500.cfg stm32vldiscovery.cfg
1416 hilscher_nxhx50.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1417 hilscher_nxsb100.cfg telo.cfg
1418 hitex_lpc1768stick.cfg ti_am335xevm.cfg
1419 hitex_lpc2929.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1420 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard_xm.cfg
1421 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg ti_beaglebone.cfg
1422 iar_lpc1768.cfg ti_blaze.cfg
1423 iar_str912_sk.cfg ti_pandaboard.cfg
1424 icnova_imx53_sodimm.cfg ti_pandaboard_es.cfg
1425 icnova_sam9g45_sodimm.cfg topas910.cfg
1426 imx27ads.cfg topasa900.cfg
1427 imx27lnst.cfg twr-k60f120m.cfg
1428 imx28evk.cfg twr-k60n512.cfg
1429 imx31pdk.cfg tx25_stk5.cfg
1430 imx35pdk.cfg tx27_stk5.cfg
1431 imx53loco.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1432 keil_mcb1700.cfg uptech_2410.cfg
1433 keil_mcb2140.cfg verdex.cfg
1434 kwikstik.cfg voipac.cfg
1435 linksys_nslu2.cfg voltcraft_dso-3062c.cfg
1436 lisa-l.cfg x300t.cfg
1437 logicpd_imx27.cfg zy1000.cfg
1438 $
1439 @end example
1440 @item @file{target} ...
1441 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1442 on a chip
1443 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1444 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1445 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1446 the target config file defines all of them.
1447 @example
1448 $ ls target
1449 aduc702x.cfg lpc1763.cfg
1450 am335x.cfg lpc1764.cfg
1451 amdm37x.cfg lpc1765.cfg
1452 ar71xx.cfg lpc1766.cfg
1453 at32ap7000.cfg lpc1767.cfg
1454 at91r40008.cfg lpc1768.cfg
1455 at91rm9200.cfg lpc1769.cfg
1456 at91sam3ax_4x.cfg lpc1788.cfg
1457 at91sam3ax_8x.cfg lpc17xx.cfg
1458 at91sam3ax_xx.cfg lpc1850.cfg
1459 at91sam3nXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg
1460 at91sam3sXX.cfg lpc2124.cfg
1461 at91sam3u1c.cfg lpc2129.cfg
1462 at91sam3u1e.cfg lpc2148.cfg
1463 at91sam3u2c.cfg lpc2294.cfg
1464 at91sam3u2e.cfg lpc2378.cfg
1465 at91sam3u4c.cfg lpc2460.cfg
1466 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc2478.cfg
1467 at91sam3uxx.cfg lpc2900.cfg
1468 at91sam3XXX.cfg lpc2xxx.cfg
1469 at91sam4sd32x.cfg lpc3131.cfg
1470 at91sam4sXX.cfg lpc3250.cfg
1471 at91sam4XXX.cfg lpc4350.cfg
1472 at91sam7se512.cfg lpc4350.cfg.orig
1473 at91sam7sx.cfg mc13224v.cfg
1474 at91sam7x256.cfg nuc910.cfg
1475 at91sam7x512.cfg omap2420.cfg
1476 at91sam9260.cfg omap3530.cfg
1477 at91sam9260_ext_RAM_ext_flash.cfg omap4430.cfg
1478 at91sam9261.cfg omap4460.cfg
1479 at91sam9263.cfg omap5912.cfg
1480 at91sam9.cfg omapl138.cfg
1481 at91sam9g10.cfg pic32mx.cfg
1482 at91sam9g20.cfg pxa255.cfg
1483 at91sam9g45.cfg pxa270.cfg
1484 at91sam9rl.cfg pxa3xx.cfg
1485 atmega128.cfg readme.txt
1486 avr32.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1487 c100.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1488 c100config.tcl samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1489 c100helper.tcl samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1490 c100regs.tcl samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1491 cs351x.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1492 davinci.cfg smp8634.cfg
1493 dragonite.cfg spear3xx.cfg
1494 dsp56321.cfg stellaris.cfg
1495 dsp568013.cfg stellaris_icdi.cfg
1496 dsp568037.cfg stm32f0x_stlink.cfg
1497 efm32_stlink.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1498 epc9301.cfg stm32f1x_stlink.cfg
1499 faux.cfg stm32f2x.cfg
1500 feroceon.cfg stm32f2x_stlink.cfg
1501 fm3.cfg stm32f3x.cfg
1502 hilscher_netx10.cfg stm32f3x_stlink.cfg
1503 hilscher_netx500.cfg stm32f4x.cfg
1504 hilscher_netx50.cfg stm32f4x_stlink.cfg
1505 icepick.cfg stm32l.cfg
1506 imx21.cfg stm32lx_dual_bank.cfg
1507 imx25.cfg stm32lx_stlink.cfg
1508 imx27.cfg stm32_stlink.cfg
1509 imx28.cfg stm32w108_stlink.cfg
1510 imx31.cfg stm32xl.cfg
1511 imx35.cfg str710.cfg
1512 imx51.cfg str730.cfg
1513 imx53.cfg str750.cfg
1514 imx6.cfg str912.cfg
1515 imx.cfg swj-dp.tcl
1516 is5114.cfg test_reset_syntax_error.cfg
1517 ixp42x.cfg test_syntax_error.cfg
1518 k40.cfg ti-ar7.cfg
1519 k60.cfg ti_calypso.cfg
1520 lpc1751.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1521 lpc1752.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1522 lpc1754.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1523 lpc1756.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1524 lpc1758.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1525 lpc1759.cfg u8500.cfg
1526 @end example
1527 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1528 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1529 @end itemize
1530
1531 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1532 file may override features in any of the above files by
1533 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1534 commands specific to their situation.
1535
1536 @section Interface Config Files
1537
1538 The user config file
1539 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1540
1541 @example
1542 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1543 @end example
1544
1545 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1546 in use today with OpenOCD.
1547 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1548 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1549
1550 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1551 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1552 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's Guide)
1553 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1554 and need to provide a driver for it.
1555
1556 @section Board Config Files
1557 @cindex config file, board
1558 @cindex board config file
1559
1560 The user config file
1561 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1562
1563 @example
1564 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1565 @end example
1566
1567 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1568 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1569 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1570
1571 @enumerate
1572 @item One or more @command{source [find target/...cfg]} statements
1573 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{norconfiguration,,NOR Configuration})
1574 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{nandconfiguration,,NAND Configuration})
1575 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1576 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1577 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1578 @end enumerate
1579
1580 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1581 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1582 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1583 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1584
1585 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1586 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1587 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1588 configuration works.
1589
1590 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1591
1592 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1593 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1594 convention on how to use certain variables.
1595
1596 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1597 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1598 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1599 used at will within a target configuration file.
1600
1601 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1602 for a board with three chips:
1603
1604 @example
1605 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1606 set CHIPNAME network
1607 set ENDIAN big
1608 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1609 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1610 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1611 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1612
1613 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1614 set CHIPNAME video
1615 set ENDIAN little
1616 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1617 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1618 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1619 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1620
1621 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1622 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1623 unset ENDIAN
1624 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1625 @end example
1626
1627 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1628 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1629 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1630 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1631 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1632 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1633 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1634 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1635
1636 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1637 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1638 naming collisions.
1639
1640 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1641 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1642 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1643 up other clocks and peripherals.
1644
1645 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1646 @cindex variable names
1647
1648 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1649 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1650 one such chip (as shown above).
1651 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1652 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1653 to promote consistency and
1654 so that board files can override target defaults.
1655
1656 Inputs to target config files include:
1657
1658 @itemize @bullet
1659 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1660 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1661 tap identifier dotted names.
1662 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1663 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1664 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1665 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1666 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1667 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1668 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1669 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1670 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1671 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1672 @end itemize
1673
1674 Outputs from target config files include:
1675
1676 @itemize @bullet
1677 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1678 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1679 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1680 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1681 specific to that board and that target.
1682 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1683 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1684 @end itemize
1685
1686 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1687 @cindex event, reset-init
1688 @cindex reset-init handler
1689
1690 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1691 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1692 fully set up yet.
1693 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1694 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1695 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1696 handler is one of the most important.
1697
1698 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1699 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1700 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1701 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1702 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1703
1704 @quotation Note
1705 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1706 are included here.
1707 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1708 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1709 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1710 (@pxref{translatingconfigurationfiles,,Translating Configuration Files}).
1711 @end quotation
1712
1713 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1714 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1715 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1716 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1717 those as parameters.
1718 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1719 and disabling the watchdog.
1720 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1721 the next developer doing such work.
1722 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1723
1724 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1725 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1726 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1727 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1728
1729 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1730
1731 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1732 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1733 a low JTAG clock rate.
1734 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
1735 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1736 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1737 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1738 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1739 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1740 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1741
1742 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1743 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1744 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1745 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1746 which might be less than that.
1747
1748 @quotation Warning
1749 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1750 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1751 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1752 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1753 @end quotation
1754
1755 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1756 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1757 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1758 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1759 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1760 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1761
1762 @anchor{theinitboardprocedure}
1763 @subsection The init_board procedure
1764 @cindex init_board procedure
1765
1766 The concept of @code{init_board} procedure is very similar to @code{init_targets}
1767 (@xref{theinittargetsprocedure,,The init_targets procedure}.) - it's a replacement of ``linear''
1768 configuration scripts. This procedure is meant to be executed when OpenOCD enters run stage
1769 (@xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage},) after @code{init_targets}. The idea to have
1770 separate @code{init_targets} and @code{init_board} procedures is to allow the first one to configure
1771 everything target specific (internal flash, internal RAM, etc.) and the second one to configure
1772 everything board specific (reset signals, chip frequency, reset-init event handler, external memory, etc.).
1773 Additionally ``linear'' board config file will most likely fail when target config file uses
1774 @code{init_targets} scheme (``linear'' script is executed before @code{init} and @code{init_targets} - after),
1775 so separating these two configuration stages is very convenient, as the easiest way to overcome this
1776 problem is to convert board config file to use @code{init_board} procedure. Board config scripts don't
1777 need to override @code{init_targets} defined in target config files when they only need to add some specifics.
1778
1779 Just as @code{init_targets}, the @code{init_board} procedure can be overridden by ``next level'' script (which sources
1780 the original), allowing greater code reuse.
1781
1782 @example
1783 ### board_file.cfg ###
1784
1785 # source target file that does most of the config in init_targets
1786 source [find target/target.cfg]
1787
1788 proc enable_fast_clock @{@} @{
1789 # enables fast on-board clock source
1790 # configures the chip to use it
1791 @}
1792
1793 # initialize only board specifics - reset, clock, adapter frequency
1794 proc init_board @{@} @{
1795 reset_config trst_and_srst trst_pulls_srst
1796
1797 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-init @{
1798 adapter_khz 1
1799 enable_fast_clock
1800 adapter_khz 10000
1801 @}
1802 @}
1803 @end example
1804
1805 @section Target Config Files
1806 @cindex config file, target
1807 @cindex target config file
1808
1809 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1810 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1811 more target config files like this:
1812
1813 @example
1814 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1815 @end example
1816
1817 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1818 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1819 In summary the target files should contain
1820
1821 @enumerate
1822 @item Set defaults
1823 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1824 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1825 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1826 @item On-Chip flash
1827 @end enumerate
1828
1829 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1830 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1831 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1832
1833 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1834 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1835 can talk to the chip.
1836 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1837 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1838 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1839 and other processing engines.
1840
1841 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1842
1843 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1844 letting board config files express environment-specific
1845 differences in how things should be set up.
1846
1847 @example
1848 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1849 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1850 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1851 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1852 @} else @{
1853 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1854 @}
1855
1856 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1857 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1858 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1859 @} else @{
1860 set _ENDIAN little
1861 @}
1862
1863 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1864 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1865 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1866 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1867 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1868 @} else @{
1869 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1870 @}
1871 @end example
1872 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1873
1874 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1875 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1876 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1877
1878 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1879 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1880 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1881
1882 @example
1883 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1884 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1885 @end example
1886
1887 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1888 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1889 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1890 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1891 for taps.
1892
1893 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1894 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1895 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1896 looks (in part) like this:
1897
1898 @example
1899 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1900 @end example
1901
1902 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1903 to source such a config file twice, with different
1904 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1905 it adds a different TAP each time.
1906
1907 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1908 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1909 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1910 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1911
1912 @example
1913 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1914 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1915 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1916 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1917 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1918 @end example
1919
1920 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1921 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1922
1923 @itemize
1924 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1925 plus a JRC to enable them
1926 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1927 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1928 is not currently used)
1929 @end itemize
1930
1931 @subsection Add CPU targets
1932
1933 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1934 GDB and other commands can use it.
1935 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1936 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1937 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1938 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1939
1940 @example
1941 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1942 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1943 @end example
1944
1945 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1946 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1947 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1948 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1949 a work area if you can.
1950 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1951
1952 @example
1953 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1954 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1955 @end example
1956
1957 @anchor{definecputargetsworkinginsmp}
1958 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1959 @cindex SMP
1960 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1961
1962 @example
1963 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1964 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1965 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1966 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1967 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1968 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1969 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1970 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1971 @end example
1972 In the above example on cortex_a, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1973 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1974 @itemize @bullet
1975 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1976 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1977 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1978 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1979 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1980 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb,,Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB}.
1981 @end itemize
1982
1983 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a following
1984 command have been implemented.
1985 @itemize @bullet
1986 @item cortex_a smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1987 @item cortex_a smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1988 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1989 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1990 @item cortex_a smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1991 following example.
1992 @end itemize
1993
1994 @example
1995 >cortex_a smp_gdb
1996 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1997 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1998 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1999 > cortex_a smp_gdb 1
2000 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
2001 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
2002 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
2003 > resume
2004 > cortex_a smp_gdb
2005 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
2006 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
2007 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
2008 > cortex_a smp_gdb -1
2009 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
2010 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
2011 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
2012 @end example
2013
2014
2015 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
2016
2017 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
2018 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
2019 chip can be tweaked by the board.
2020
2021 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
2022 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
2023 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
2024 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
2025 both signals.
2026
2027 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
2028 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
2029 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
2030 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
2031 don't want to reset all targets at once.
2032 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
2033 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
2034 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
2035 (For Cortex-M targets, this is not necessary. The target
2036 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
2037 not available.)
2038
2039 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
2040 they're going to be used with JTAG.
2041 An example might be needing to send some commands right
2042 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
2043 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
2044 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
2045 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
2046 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
2047
2048 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
2049 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
2050 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
2051 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
2052 slower clock than they will use later.
2053 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
2054 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
2055 than they will use later.
2056 @xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.
2057
2058 @quotation Important
2059 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
2060 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
2061 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
2062 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
2063 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
2064 @end quotation
2065
2066 @anchor{theinittargetsprocedure}
2067 @subsection The init_targets procedure
2068 @cindex init_targets procedure
2069
2070 Target config files can either be ``linear'' (script executed line-by-line when parsed in
2071 configuration stage, @xref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage},) or they can contain a special
2072 procedure called @code{init_targets}, which will be executed when entering run stage
2073 (after parsing all config files or after @code{init} command, @xref{enteringtherunstage,,Entering the Run Stage}.)
2074 Such procedure can be overriden by ``next level'' script (which sources the original).
2075 This concept faciliates code reuse when basic target config files provide generic configuration
2076 procedures and @code{init_targets} procedure, which can then be sourced and enchanced or changed in
2077 a ``more specific'' target config file. This is not possible with ``linear'' config scripts,
2078 because sourcing them executes every initialization commands they provide.
2079
2080 @example
2081 ### generic_file.cfg ###
2082
2083 proc setup_my_chip @{chip_name flash_size ram_size@} @{
2084 # basic initialization procedure ...
2085 @}
2086
2087 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2088 # initializes generic chip with 4kB of flash and 1kB of RAM
2089 setup_my_chip MY_GENERIC_CHIP 4096 1024
2090 @}
2091
2092 ### specific_file.cfg ###
2093
2094 source [find target/generic_file.cfg]
2095
2096 proc init_targets @{@} @{
2097 # initializes specific chip with 128kB of flash and 64kB of RAM
2098 setup_my_chip MY_CHIP_WITH_128K_FLASH_64KB_RAM 131072 65536
2099 @}
2100 @end example
2101
2102 The easiest way to convert ``linear'' config files to @code{init_targets} version is to
2103 enclose every line of ``code'' (i.e. not @code{source} commands, procedures, etc.) in this procedure.
2104
2105 For an example of this scheme see LPC2000 target config files.
2106
2107 The @code{init_boards} procedure is a similar concept concerning board config files
2108 (@xref{theinitboardprocedure,,The init_board procedure}.)
2109
2110 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
2111
2112 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
2113 special high speed download features - enable it.
2114
2115 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
2116
2117 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
2118 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
2119 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
2120 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
2121 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
2122 If you are using an external trace port,
2123 configure it in your board config file.
2124 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
2125 configure it in your target config file.
2126
2127 @example
2128 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
2129 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
2130 @end example
2131
2132 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
2133
2134 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
2135
2136 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
2137 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
2138 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
2139 the TARGET (chip) file.
2140
2141 Examples:
2142 @itemize @bullet
2143 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
2144 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
2145 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
2146 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
2147 @end itemize
2148
2149 @anchor{translatingconfigurationfiles}
2150 @section Translating Configuration Files
2151 @cindex translation
2152 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
2153 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
2154 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
2155 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
2156 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
2157 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
2158
2159 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
2160 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
2161 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
2162 convert other scripts later on.
2163
2164 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
2165 replace job:
2166
2167 @example
2168 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
2169 #
2170 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
2171 #
2172 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
2173 #
2174 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
2175
2176 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
2177 global TARGETNAME
2178
2179 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
2180
2181 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
2182 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
2183 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
2184 @}
2185 @end example
2186
2187
2188
2189 @node Daemon Configuration
2190 @chapter Daemon Configuration
2191 @cindex initialization
2192 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
2193 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
2194 supported.
2195
2196 @anchor{configurationstage}
2197 @section Configuration Stage
2198 @cindex configuration stage
2199 @cindex config command
2200
2201 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
2202 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
2203 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
2204 Normally, configuration commands are only available
2205 inside startup scripts.
2206
2207 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
2208 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
2209 which may be issued interactively.
2210 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
2211 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
2212
2213 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
2214 flash banks,
2215 the interface used for JTAG communication,
2216 and other basic setup.
2217 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
2218 may access or activate TAPs.
2219 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
2220 longer be issued.
2221
2222 @anchor{enteringtherunstage}
2223 @section Entering the Run Stage
2224
2225 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
2226 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
2227 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2228 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
2229 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
2230 You should see no errors at this point.
2231 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
2232 commands you used to configure the server.
2233 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
2234 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
2235 on the scan chain.
2236
2237 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
2238 become available.
2239 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
2240 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
2241 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
2242 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
2243 entry to the run stage.
2244
2245 @deffn {Config Command} init
2246 This command terminates the configuration stage and
2247 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
2248 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
2249 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
2250 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
2251 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
2252
2253 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
2254 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
2255 configuration files and/or command line options.
2256
2257 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
2258 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
2259 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
2260 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
2261 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
2262 @end deffn
2263
2264 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
2265 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
2266 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
2267
2268 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
2269 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
2270 scan chain.
2271 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
2272 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
2273
2274 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2275 they return.
2276 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2277 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2278 @end deffn
2279
2280 @anchor{tcpipports}
2281 @section TCP/IP Ports
2282 @cindex TCP port
2283 @cindex server
2284 @cindex port
2285 @cindex security
2286 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
2287 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
2288 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
2289
2290 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
2291 access using one or more of these ports.
2292 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
2293 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
2294 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
2295
2296 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
2297 @cindex GDB server
2298 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2299 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2300 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2301 the normal use cases.
2302
2303 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2304 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2305 disables the gdb server.
2306
2307 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2308 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2309
2310 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2311 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2312
2313 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2314 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2315 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2316
2317 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2318 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2319 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2320 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2321 @end deffn
2322
2323 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2324 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2325 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2326 output from the Tcl engine.
2327 Intended as a machine interface.
2328 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2329 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2330
2331 @end deffn
2332
2333 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2334 Specify or query the
2335 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2336 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2337 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2338 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2339 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2340 @end deffn
2341
2342 @anchor{gdbconfiguration}
2343 @section GDB Configuration
2344 @cindex GDB
2345 @cindex GDB configuration
2346 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2347 The ones listed here are static and global.
2348 @xref{targetconfiguration,,Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2349 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2350
2351 @anchor{gdbbreakpointoverride}
2352 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2353 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2354 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2355 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2356 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2357 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2358 @end deffn
2359
2360 @anchor{gdbflashprogram}
2361 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2362 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2363 vFlash packet is received.
2364 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2365 @end deffn
2366
2367 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2368 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2369 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2370 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2371 for flash programming to work.
2372 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2373 @xref{gdbflashprogram,,gdb_flash_program}.
2374 @end deffn
2375
2376 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2377 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2378 by GDB memory read packets.
2379 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2380 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2381 @end deffn
2382
2383 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_target_description (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2384 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the target descriptions to gdb via qXfer:features:read packet.
2385 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
2386 @end deffn
2387
2388 @deffn {Command} gdb_save_tdesc
2389 Saves the target descripton file to the local file system.
2390
2391 The file name is @i{target_name}.xml.
2392 @end deffn
2393
2394 @anchor{eventpolling}
2395 @section Event Polling
2396
2397 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2398 where significant events can happen at any time.
2399 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2400 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2401 or to GDB.
2402
2403 Examples of such events include:
2404
2405 @itemize
2406 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2407 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2408 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2409 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2410 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2411 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2412 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2413 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2414 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2415 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2416 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2417 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2418 @end itemize
2419
2420 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2421 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2422 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2423 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2424 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2425
2426 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2427 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2428 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2429 to the various active targets.
2430 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2431 which is normally done in the background.
2432
2433 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2434 Poll the current target for its current state.
2435 (Also, @pxref{targetcurstate,,target curstate}.)
2436 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2437 specific information about the current state is printed.
2438 An optional parameter
2439 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2440
2441 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2442 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2443 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2444 @example
2445 > poll
2446 background polling: on
2447 target state: halted
2448 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2449 current mode: Supervisor
2450 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2451 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2452 >
2453 @end example
2454 @end deffn
2455
2456 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2457 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2458 @cindex config file, interface
2459 @cindex interface config file
2460
2461 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2462 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2463 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2464
2465 @quotation Note
2466 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2467 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2468 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2469 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2470 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2471 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2472 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2473 @end quotation
2474
2475 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2476 through commands in an interface configuration
2477 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2478 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2479
2480 @example
2481 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2482 @end example
2483
2484 These commands tell
2485 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2486 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2487
2488 @example
2489 # jlink interface
2490 interface jlink
2491 @end example
2492
2493 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2494
2495
2496 @section Interface Configuration
2497
2498 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2499 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2500 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2501
2502 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2503 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2504 target.
2505 @end deffn
2506
2507 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2508 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2509 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2510 @end deffn
2511 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2512 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2513 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2514 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2515 the hardware can support.
2516 @end deffn
2517
2518
2519
2520 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2521 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2522 @end deffn
2523
2524 @section Interface Drivers
2525
2526 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2527 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2528 available at run time.
2529
2530 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2531 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2532 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2533 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2534
2535 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2536 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2537 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2538 @end deffn
2539
2540 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2541 Displays status of RTCK option.
2542 Optionally sets that option first.
2543 @end deffn
2544 @end deffn
2545
2546 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2547 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2548 This has one driver-specific command:
2549
2550 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2551 Logs some status
2552 @end deffn
2553 @end deffn
2554
2555 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2556 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2557 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2558 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2559 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2560 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2561 @end deffn
2562
2563 @deffn {Interface Driver} {cmsis-dap}
2564 ARM CMSIS-DAP compliant based adapter.
2565
2566 @deffn {Config Command} {cmsis_dap_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2567 The vendor ID and product ID of the CMSIS-DAP device. If not specified
2568 the driver will attempt to auto detect the CMSIS-DAP device.
2569 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2570 @example
2571 cmsis_dap_vid_pid 0xc251 0xf001 0x0d28 0x0204
2572 @end example
2573 @end deffn
2574
2575 @deffn {Command} {cmsis-dap info}
2576 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2577 @end deffn
2578 @end deffn
2579
2580 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2581 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2582 @end deffn
2583
2584 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2585 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2586 @end deffn
2587
2588 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2589 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2590
2591 Note that this driver has several flaws and the @command{ftdi} driver is
2592 recommended as its replacement.
2593
2594 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2595 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2596
2597 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2598 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2599 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2600 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2601 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2602 @end deffn
2603
2604 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2605 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2606 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2607 is connected to the host.
2608 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2609 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2610 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2611 @end deffn
2612
2613 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2614 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2615 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2616 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2617 @itemize @minus
2618 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2619 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2620 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2621 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} TI/Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2622 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2623 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2624 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2625 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2626 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most TI/Luminary
2627 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2628 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2629 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2630 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2631 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2632 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2633 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2634 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2635 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2636 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2637 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2638 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2639 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2640 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2641 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2642 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2643 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2644 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2645 @end itemize
2646 @end deffn
2647
2648 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2649 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2650 default values are used.
2651 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2652 @example
2653 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2654 @end example
2655 @end deffn
2656
2657 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2658 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2659 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2660 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2661 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2662 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2663 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2664 @end deffn
2665
2666 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_channel} channel
2667 Used to select the channel of the ft2232 chip to use (between 1 and 4).
2668 The default value is 1.
2669 @end deffn
2670
2671 For example, the interface config file for a
2672 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2673
2674 @example
2675 interface ft2232
2676 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2677 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2678 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2679 @end example
2680 @end deffn
2681
2682 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ftdi}
2683 This driver is for adapters using the MPSSE (Multi-Protocol Synchronous Serial
2684 Engine) mode built into many FTDI chips, such as the FT2232, FT4232 and FT232H.
2685 It is a complete rewrite to address a large number of problems with the ft2232
2686 interface driver.
2687
2688 The driver is using libusb-1.0 in asynchronous mode to talk to the FTDI device,
2689 bypassing intermediate libraries like libftdi of D2XX. Performance-wise it is
2690 consistently faster than the ft2232 driver, sometimes several times faster.
2691
2692 A major improvement of this driver is that support for new FTDI based adapters
2693 can be added competely through configuration files, without the need to patch
2694 and rebuild OpenOCD.
2695
2696 The driver uses a signal abstraction to enable Tcl configuration files to
2697 define outputs for one or several FTDI GPIO. These outputs can then be
2698 controlled using the @command{ftdi_set_signal} command. Special signal names
2699 are reserved for nTRST, nSRST and LED (for blink) so that they, if defined,
2700 will be used for their customary purpose.
2701
2702 Depending on the type of buffer attached to the FTDI GPIO, the outputs have to
2703 be controlled differently. In order to support tristateable signals such as
2704 nSRST, both a data GPIO and an output-enable GPIO can be specified for each
2705 signal. The following output buffer configurations are supported:
2706
2707 @itemize @minus
2708 @item Push-pull with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line
2709 @item Open drain with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2710 @item Tristate with one FTDI output as (non-)inverted data line and another
2711 FTDI output as (non-)inverted output-enable
2712 @item Unbuffered, using the FTDI GPIO as a tristate output directly by
2713 switching data and direction as necessary
2714 @end itemize
2715
2716 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2717 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2718
2719 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2720 The vendor ID and product ID of the adapter. If not specified, the FTDI
2721 default values are used.
2722 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2723 @example
2724 ftdi_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2725 @end example
2726 @end deffn
2727
2728 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_device_desc} description
2729 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2730 of the adapter. If not specified, the device description is ignored
2731 during device selection.
2732 @end deffn
2733
2734 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_serial} serial-number
2735 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the adapter to use,
2736 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one adapter
2737 is connected to the host.
2738 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2739 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2740 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2741 @end deffn
2742
2743 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_channel} channel
2744 Selects the channel of the FTDI device to use for MPSSE operations. Most
2745 adapters use the default, channel 0, but there are exceptions.
2746 @end deffn
2747
2748 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_init} data direction
2749 Specifies the initial values of the FTDI GPIO data and direction registers.
2750 Each value is a 16-bit number corresponding to the concatenation of the high
2751 and low FTDI GPIO registers. The values should be selected based on the
2752 schematics of the adapter, such that all signals are set to safe levels with
2753 minimal impact on the target system. Avoid floating inputs, conflicting outputs
2754 and initially asserted reset signals.
2755 @end deffn
2756
2757 @deffn {Config Command} {ftdi_layout_signal} name [@option{-data}|@option{-ndata} data_mask] [@option{-oe}|@option{-noe} oe_mask]
2758 Creates a signal with the specified @var{name}, controlled by one or more FTDI
2759 GPIO pins via a range of possible buffer connections. The masks are FTDI GPIO
2760 register bitmasks to tell the driver the connection and type of the output
2761 buffer driving the respective signal. @var{data_mask} is the bitmask for the
2762 pin(s) connected to the data input of the output buffer. @option{-ndata} is
2763 used with inverting data inputs and @option{-data} with non-inverting inputs.
2764 The @option{-oe} (or @option{-noe}) option tells where the output-enable (or
2765 not-output-enable) input to the output buffer is connected.
2766
2767 Both @var{data_mask} and @var{oe_mask} need not be specified. For example, a
2768 simple open-collector transistor driver would be specified with @option{-oe}
2769 only. In that case the signal can only be set to drive low or to Hi-Z and the
2770 driver will complain if the signal is set to drive high. Which means that if
2771 it's a reset signal, @command{reset_config} must be specified as
2772 @option{srst_open_drain}, not @option{srst_push_pull}.
2773
2774 A special case is provided when @option{-data} and @option{-oe} is set to the
2775 same bitmask. Then the FTDI pin is considered being connected straight to the
2776 target without any buffer. The FTDI pin is then switched between output and
2777 input as necessary to provide the full set of low, high and Hi-Z
2778 characteristics. In all other cases, the pins specified in a signal definition
2779 are always driven by the FTDI.
2780 @end deffn
2781
2782 @deffn {Command} {ftdi_set_signal} name @option{0}|@option{1}|@option{z}
2783 Set a previously defined signal to the specified level.
2784 @itemize @minus
2785 @item @option{0}, drive low
2786 @item @option{1}, drive high
2787 @item @option{z}, set to high-impedance
2788 @end itemize
2789 @end deffn
2790
2791 For example adapter definitions, see the configuration files shipped in the
2792 @file{interface/ftdi} directory.
2793 @end deffn
2794
2795 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2796 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2797 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2798 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2799
2800 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2801 processors which are being simulated.
2802
2803 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2804 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2805 sockets instead of TCP.
2806 @end deffn
2807
2808 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2809 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2810 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2811 @end deffn
2812
2813 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2814 something like:
2815
2816 @example
2817 interface remote_bitbang
2818 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2819 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2820 @end example
2821
2822 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2823 named mysocket:
2824
2825 @example
2826 interface remote_bitbang
2827 remote_bitbang_port 0
2828 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2829 @end example
2830 @end deffn
2831
2832 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2833 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2834 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2835 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2836
2837 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2838 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2839 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2840 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2841 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2842 @end deffn
2843
2844 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2845 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2846 default values are used.
2847 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2848 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2849 @example
2850 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2851 @end example
2852 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2853 @example
2854 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2855 @end example
2856 @end deffn
2857
2858 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2859 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2860 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2861 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2862
2863 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2864 @example
2865 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2866 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2867 @end example
2868 @end deffn
2869
2870 @end deffn
2871
2872 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2873 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2874 This has one driver-specific command:
2875
2876 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2877 Display either the address of the I/O port
2878 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2879 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2880 This is a write-once setting.
2881 @end deffn
2882 @end deffn
2883
2884 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2885 Segger J-Link family of USB adapters. It currently supports only the JTAG transport.
2886
2887 @quotation Compatibility Note
2888 Segger released many firmware versions for the many harware versions they
2889 produced. OpenOCD was extensively tested and intended to run on all of them,
2890 but some combinations were reported as incompatible. As a general
2891 recommendation, it is advisable to use the latest firmware version
2892 available for each hardware version. However the current V8 is a moving
2893 target, and Segger firmware versions released after the OpenOCD was
2894 released may not be compatible. In such cases it is recommended to
2895 revert to the last known functional version. For 0.5.0, this is from
2896 "Feb 8 2012 14:30:39", packed with 4.42c. For 0.6.0, the last known
2897 version is from "May 3 2012 18:36:22", packed with 4.46f.
2898 @end quotation
2899
2900 @deffn {Command} {jlink caps}
2901 Display the device firmware capabilities.
2902 @end deffn
2903 @deffn {Command} {jlink info}
2904 Display various device information, like hardware version, firmware version, current bus status.
2905 @end deffn
2906 @deffn {Command} {jlink hw_jtag} [@option{2}|@option{3}]
2907 Set the JTAG protocol version to be used. Without argument, show the actual JTAG protocol version.
2908 @end deffn
2909 @deffn {Command} {jlink config}
2910 Display the J-Link configuration.
2911 @end deffn
2912 @deffn {Command} {jlink config kickstart} [val]
2913 Set the Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19. Without argument, show the Kickstart configuration.
2914 @end deffn
2915 @deffn {Command} {jlink config mac_address} [@option{ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff}]
2916 Set the MAC address of the J-Link Pro. Without argument, show the MAC address.
2917 @end deffn
2918 @deffn {Command} {jlink config ip} [@option{A.B.C.D}(@option{/E}|@option{F.G.H.I})]
2919 Set the IP configuration of the J-Link Pro, where A.B.C.D is the IP address,
2920 E the bit of the subnet mask and
2921 F.G.H.I the subnet mask. Without arguments, show the IP configuration.
2922 @end deffn
2923 @deffn {Command} {jlink config usb_address} [@option{0x00} to @option{0x03} or @option{0xff}]
2924 Set the USB address; this will also change the product id. Without argument, show the USB address.
2925 @end deffn
2926 @deffn {Command} {jlink config reset}
2927 Reset the current configuration.
2928 @end deffn
2929 @deffn {Command} {jlink config save}
2930 Save the current configuration to the internal persistent storage.
2931 @end deffn
2932 @deffn {Config} {jlink pid} val
2933 Set the USB PID of the interface. As a configuration command, it can be used only before 'init'.
2934 @end deffn
2935 @end deffn
2936
2937 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2938 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2939 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2940 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2941 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2942
2943 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2944 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2945 This is a write-once setting.
2946 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2947
2948 @itemize @minus
2949 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2950 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2951 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2952 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2953 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2954 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2955 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2956 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2957 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2958 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2959 some versions of
2960 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2961 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2962 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2963 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2964 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2965 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2966 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2967 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2968 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2969 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2970 @end itemize
2971 @end deffn
2972
2973 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2974 Display either the address of the I/O port
2975 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2976 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2977 This is a write-once setting.
2978
2979 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2980 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2981 you may encounter a problem.
2982 @end deffn
2983
2984 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2985 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2986 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2987 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2988 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2989 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2990
2991 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2992 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2993 @quotation Tip
2994 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2995 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2996 @example
2997 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2998 > adapter_khz 500
2999 @end example
3000 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
3001 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
3002 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
3003 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
3004 large set of samples.
3005 Update the setting to match your measurement:
3006 @example
3007 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
3008 @end example
3009 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
3010 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
3011
3012 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
3013 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
3014 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
3015 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
3016 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
3017 @end quotation
3018 @end deffn
3019
3020 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
3021 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
3022 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
3023 @end deffn
3024
3025 For example, the interface configuration file for a
3026 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
3027
3028 @example
3029 interface parport
3030 parport_port 0x278
3031 parport_cable wiggler
3032 @end example
3033 @end deffn
3034
3035 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
3036 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
3037 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
3038 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
3039 @end deffn
3040 @end deffn
3041
3042 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
3043 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
3044 @end deffn
3045
3046 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
3047 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3048 @end deffn
3049
3050 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
3051 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
3052
3053 @quotation Note
3054 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
3055 which are not currently documented here.
3056 @end quotation
3057 @end deffn
3058
3059 @deffn {Interface Driver} {hla}
3060 This is a driver that supports multiple High Level Adapters.
3061 This type of adapter does not expose some of the lower level api's
3062 that OpenOCD would normally use to access the target.
3063
3064 Currently supported adapters include the ST STLINK and TI ICDI.
3065
3066 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_device_desc} description
3067 Currently Not Supported.
3068 @end deffn
3069
3070 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_serial} serial
3071 Currently Not Supported.
3072 @end deffn
3073
3074 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_layout} (@option{stlink}|@option{icdi})
3075 Specifies the adapter layout to use.
3076 @end deffn
3077
3078 @deffn {Config Command} {hla_vid_pid} vid pid
3079 The vendor ID and product ID of the device.
3080 @end deffn
3081
3082 @deffn {Config Command} {trace} source_clock_hz [output_file_path]
3083 Enable SWO tracing (if supported). The source clock rate for the
3084 trace port must be specified, this is typically the CPU clock rate. If
3085 the optional output file is specified then raw trace data is appended
3086 to the file, and the file is created if it does not exist.
3087 @end deffn
3088 @end deffn
3089
3090 @deffn {Interface Driver} {opendous}
3091 opendous-jtag is a freely programmable USB adapter.
3092 @end deffn
3093
3094 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ulink}
3095 This is the Keil ULINK v1 JTAG debugger.
3096 @end deffn
3097
3098 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
3099 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
3100 @end deffn
3101
3102 @quotation Note
3103 This defines some driver-specific commands,
3104 which are not currently documented here.
3105 @end quotation
3106
3107 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
3108 Turn power switch to target on/off.
3109 No arguments: print status.
3110 @end deffn
3111
3112 @deffn {Interface Driver} {bcm2835gpio}
3113 This SoC is present in Raspberry Pi which is a cheap single-board computer
3114 exposing some GPIOs on its expansion header.
3115
3116 The driver accesses memory-mapped GPIO peripheral registers directly
3117 for maximum performance, but the only possible race condition is for
3118 the pins' modes/muxing (which is highly unlikely), so it should be
3119 able to coexist nicely with both sysfs bitbanging and various
3120 peripherals' kernel drivers. The driver restores the previous
3121 configuration on exit.
3122
3123 See @file{interface/raspberrypi-native.cfg} for a sample config and
3124 pinout.
3125
3126 @end deffn
3127
3128 @section Transport Configuration
3129 @cindex Transport
3130 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
3131 and the debug adapter you are using,
3132 several transports may be available to
3133 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
3134 @deffn Command {transport list}
3135 displays the names of the transports supported by this
3136 version of OpenOCD.
3137 @end deffn
3138
3139 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
3140 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
3141 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
3142 version of OpenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
3143 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
3144 @end deffn
3145
3146 @subsection JTAG Transport
3147 @cindex JTAG
3148 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
3149 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
3150 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
3151 each of which must be explicitly declared.
3152 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
3153 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3154 @subsection SWD Transport
3155 @cindex SWD
3156 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
3157 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
3158 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
3159 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
3160 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
3161 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
3162 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
3163 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
3164 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
3165 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
3166 expected to change.
3167 @end deffn
3168 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
3169 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
3170 Wire Control Register (WCR).
3171 No parameters: displays current settings.
3172 @end deffn
3173
3174 @subsection CMSIS-DAP Transport
3175 @cindex CMSIS-DAP
3176 CMSIS-DAP is an ARM-specific transport that is used to connect to
3177 compilant debuggers.
3178
3179 @subsection SPI Transport
3180 @cindex SPI
3181 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
3182 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
3183 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
3184 solution for flash programming.
3185
3186 @anchor{jtagspeed}
3187 @section JTAG Speed
3188 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
3189 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
3190 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
3191 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
3192 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
3193 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
3194 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
3195 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
3196 power management software that may be active.
3197
3198 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
3199 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
3200 target event handler.
3201 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
3202 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
3203 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
3204 sets up those clocks).
3205 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
3206 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
3207 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
3208 in the target config file.
3209 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
3210 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
3211 config file instead.
3212 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
3213 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
3214 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
3215
3216 @example
3217 jtag_rclk 3000
3218 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
3219 @end example
3220
3221 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
3222 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
3223 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
3224 may not be the fastest solution.
3225
3226 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
3227 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
3228 which support adaptive clocking.
3229
3230 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
3231 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
3232 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
3233 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
3234 than the speed specified.
3235
3236 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
3237 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
3238 and is normally less than that peak rate.
3239 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
3240
3241 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
3242 @xref{faqrtck,,FAQ RTCK}.
3243 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
3244 JTAG clocking after setup.
3245 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
3246 If the interface device can not
3247 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
3248 @end deffn
3249
3250 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
3251 @cindex adaptive clocking
3252 @cindex RTCK
3253 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
3254 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
3255 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
3256 @example
3257 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
3258 jtag_rclk 3000
3259 @end example
3260 @end defun
3261
3262 @node Reset Configuration
3263 @chapter Reset Configuration
3264 @cindex Reset Configuration
3265
3266 Every system configuration may require a different reset
3267 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
3268 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
3269 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
3270 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}.)
3271 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
3272 Please see the various board files for examples.
3273
3274 @quotation Note
3275 To maintainers and integrators:
3276 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
3277 Normally the board configuration file
3278 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
3279 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
3280
3281 However, the target configuration file could also make note
3282 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
3283 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
3284 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
3285 user configuration file will need to override parts of
3286 the reset configuration provided by other files.
3287 @end quotation
3288
3289 @section Types of Reset
3290
3291 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
3292 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
3293 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
3294
3295 @itemize @bullet
3296 @item
3297 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
3298 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
3299 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
3300 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
3301 @item
3302 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
3303 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
3304 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
3305 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
3306 @item
3307 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
3308 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
3309 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
3310 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
3311 @item
3312 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
3313 several other types of reset.
3314 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
3315 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
3316 There may be individual module resets.
3317 @end itemize
3318
3319 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
3320 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
3321 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
3322 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
3323 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
3324 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
3325 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
3326 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
3327 (@xref{resetcommand,,Reset Command}.)
3328
3329 @anchor{srstandtrstissues}
3330 @section SRST and TRST Issues
3331
3332 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
3333 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
3334 common issues are:
3335
3336 @itemize @bullet
3337
3338 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
3339 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
3340 support such signals even if they are wired up.
3341 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
3342 when either of those signals is not connected.
3343 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
3344 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
3345 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
3346 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
3347
3348 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
3349 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
3350 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
3351 when those signals aren't properly independent.
3352
3353 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
3354 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
3355 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
3356 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
3357 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
3358 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
3359 hardware debouncing.
3360 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
3361 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
3362
3363 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
3364 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
3365 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
3366 to use push/pull output drivers.
3367 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
3368 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
3369 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
3370 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
3371
3372 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
3373 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
3374 issues (not limited to errata).
3375 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
3376 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
3377 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
3378 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
3379 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
3380 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
3381 @end itemize
3382
3383 There can also be other issues.
3384 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
3385 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
3386 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
3387 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
3388 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
3389 Agreement (NDA).
3390
3391 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
3392 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
3393 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
3394
3395 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
3396 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
3397
3398 @section Commands for Handling Resets
3399
3400 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
3401 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3402 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
3403 allowing it to be deasserted.
3404 @end deffn
3405
3406 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
3407 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3408 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3409 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
3410 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
3411 @end deffn
3412
3413 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
3414 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
3415 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
3416 allowing it to be deasserted.
3417 @end deffn
3418
3419 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
3420 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
3421 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
3422 @end deffn
3423
3424 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
3425 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
3426 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
3427 configuration scripts.
3428
3429 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
3430 the command is intended to address (@pxref{srstandtrstissues,,SRST and TRST Issues}).
3431 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
3432 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
3433 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
3434 from a particular combination of interface and board.
3435 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
3436 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
3437
3438 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
3439 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination}, @var{gates},
3440 @var{trst_type}, @var{srst_type} and @var{connect_type}
3441 -- may be specified at a time.
3442 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
3443 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
3444 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
3445 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
3446 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
3447
3448 @itemize
3449 @item
3450 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
3451 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
3452 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
3453 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
3454 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
3455
3456 @quotation Tip
3457 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
3458 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
3459 @end quotation
3460
3461 @item
3462 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
3463 signal implementations.
3464 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
3465 indicating everything behaves normally.
3466 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
3467 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
3468 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
3469 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
3470 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
3471 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
3472 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
3473
3474 @item
3475 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3476 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
3477 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
3478 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
3479 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
3480 while SRST is asserted.
3481 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
3482 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
3483
3484 @item
3485 The @var{connect_type} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
3486 SRST is asserted while connecting to the target. @option{srst_nogate}
3487 is required to use this option.
3488 @option{connect_deassert_srst} (default)
3489 indicates that SRST will not be asserted while connecting to the target.
3490 Its converse is @option{connect_assert_srst}, indicating that SRST will
3491 be asserted before any target connection.
3492 Only some targets support this feature, STM32 and STR9 are examples.
3493 This feature is useful if you are unable to connect to your target due
3494 to incorrect options byte config or illegal program execution.
3495 @end itemize
3496
3497 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
3498 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
3499 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
3500 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
3501 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
3502
3503 @itemize
3504 @item
3505 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
3506 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
3507 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
3508 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
3509
3510 @item
3511 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
3512 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
3513 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
3514 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
3515 powerup and pressing a reset button.
3516 @end itemize
3517 @end deffn
3518
3519 @section Custom Reset Handling
3520 @cindex events
3521
3522 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
3523 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
3524 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
3525 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
3526 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
3527 at particular points in the reset sequence.
3528
3529 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
3530 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
3531 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
3532 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
3533 want to reset everything at once.
3534
3535 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
3536 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
3537 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3538 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3539 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3540 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3541 needs special attention.
3542
3543 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3544 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3545 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3546 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3547 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3548 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3549 (@pxref{configurationstage,,Configuration Stage});
3550 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3551
3552 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3553 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3554 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3555 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3556 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3557
3558 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3559 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3560 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3561 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3562 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3563 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3564 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3565 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3566 or potentially some other value.
3567
3568 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3569 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3570 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3571 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3572 (or their associated targets)
3573 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3574
3575 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3576 they return.
3577 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3578 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3579 @end deffn
3580
3581 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3582 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3583 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3584 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3585 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3586 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3587 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3588 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3589 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3590 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3591 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3592 @end deffn
3593
3594 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3595 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3596 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3597 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3598 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3599 @end deffn
3600
3601
3602 @node TAP Declaration
3603 @chapter TAP Declaration
3604 @cindex TAP declaration
3605 @cindex TAP configuration
3606
3607 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3608 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3609
3610 @itemize @bullet
3611 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target.
3612 @item @b{Flash Programming} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3613 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3614 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3615 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3616 start running that code.
3617 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3618 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3619 and missing connections.
3620 @end itemize
3621
3622 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3623 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3624 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3625 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3626 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3627
3628 @section Scan Chains
3629 @cindex scan chain
3630
3631 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3632 which is a daisy chain of TAPs.
3633 They also need to be added to
3634 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3635 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3636 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3637 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3638 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3639 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3640 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3641 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3642
3643 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3644 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3645 command, presented in the next chapter.
3646 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3647 debugging targets.)
3648 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3649
3650 @verbatim
3651 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3652 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3653 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3654 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3655 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3656 @end verbatim
3657
3658 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3659 of it. @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3660 Unfortunately, those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3661 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3662 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3663 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3664 until they are told to do so.
3665
3666 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3667 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3668 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3669 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3670
3671 @example
3672 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3673 @end example
3674
3675 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3676 by a given chip.
3677 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3678 and so forth.
3679 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3680 That declaration order must match the order in the JTAG scan chain,
3681 both inside a single chip and between them.
3682 @xref{faqtaporder,,FAQ TAP Order}.
3683
3684 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3685 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3686 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3687 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3688 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3689 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3690 includes commands something like this:
3691
3692 @example
3693 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3694 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3695 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3696 @end example
3697
3698 Actual config files typically use a variable such as @code{$_CHIPNAME}
3699 instead of literals like @option{str912}, to support more than one chip
3700 of each type. @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3701
3702 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3703 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3704 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3705 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3706 @example
3707 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3708 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3709 @}
3710 @end example
3711 @end deffn
3712
3713 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3714 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3715 and their status.
3716 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3717 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3718 but systems with a JTAG router can
3719 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3720 @end deffn
3721
3722 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3723 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3724
3725 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3726 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3727
3728 @section TAP Names
3729 @cindex dotted name
3730
3731 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3732 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3733 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3734 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3735 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3736 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3737 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3738 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3739
3740 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3741 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3742 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3743
3744 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3745
3746 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3747 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3748 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3749 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3750
3751 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3752 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3753 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3754 overridable.
3755
3756 @cindex TAP naming convention
3757 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3758 and should follow this convention:
3759
3760 @itemize @bullet
3761 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a separate TAP;
3762 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3763 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3764 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips with two ARMs, and so forth;
3765 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3766 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3767 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEPick modules
3768 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3769 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only for FPGA- or CPLD-like devices
3770 with a single TAP;
3771 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3772 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3773 For example, the Freescale i.MX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3774 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3775 @end itemize
3776
3777 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3778
3779 @itemize @bullet
3780 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3781 @*The length in bits of the
3782 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3783 @end itemize
3784
3785 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3786
3787 @itemize @bullet
3788 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3789 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3790 linked into the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3791 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3792 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3793 (the TAP is linked in).
3794 @xref{enablinganddisablingtaps,,Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3795 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{NUMBER}
3796 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3797 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3798 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3799 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3800 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3801 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3802 values that were found but not included in the list.
3803
3804 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3805 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3806 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3807 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3808 hardware to find these values.
3809 @xref{autoprobing,,Autoprobing}.
3810 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3811 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3812 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3813 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3814 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3815 the various chip IDs. The version field is defined as bit 28-31 of the IDCODE.
3816 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3817 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3818 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3819 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3820 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3821 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3822 additional bits if you know them, or indicate that
3823 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3824 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3825 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3826 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3827 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3828 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3829 @end itemize
3830 @end deffn
3831
3832 @section Other TAP commands
3833
3834 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} event_name
3835 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} event_name handler
3836 At this writing this TAP attribute
3837 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3838 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3839 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3840 See the next section for information about the available events.
3841
3842 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3843 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3844 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3845 @end deffn
3846
3847 @section TAP Events
3848 @cindex events
3849 @cindex TAP events
3850
3851 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3852 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3853 The other applies to debugger targets,
3854 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3855
3856 The TAP events currently defined are:
3857
3858 @itemize @bullet
3859 @item @b{post-reset}
3860 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3861 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3862 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3863 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3864 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3865
3866 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3867 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3868 of any particular target.
3869 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3870 @item @b{setup}
3871 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3872 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3873 @item @b{tap-disable}
3874 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3875 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3876 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3877 @item @b{tap-enable}
3878 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3879 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3880 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3881 @end itemize
3882
3883 If you need some action after each JTAG reset which isn't actually
3884 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3885 contents to be accurate), you might:
3886
3887 @example
3888 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3889 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3890 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3891 @}
3892 @end example
3893
3894
3895 @anchor{enablinganddisablingtaps}
3896 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3897 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3898 @cindex jrc
3899
3900 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3901 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3902 Many ARM-based chips from Texas Instruments include
3903 an ``ICEPick'' module, which is a JRC.
3904 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3905
3906 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3907 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3908 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3909 be visible.
3910 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3911 ignores, such as:
3912
3913 @itemize
3914 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3915 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3916 TAPs receive new instructions.
3917 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3918 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3919 @end itemize
3920
3921 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3922 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3923 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3924 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3925
3926 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3927 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3928
3929 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3930 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3931 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3932 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3933 should define TAP event handlers using
3934 code that looks something like this:
3935
3936 @example
3937 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3938 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3939 @}
3940 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3941 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3942 @}
3943 @end example
3944
3945 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3946
3947 @example
3948 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3949 @end example
3950
3951 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3952 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3953 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3954 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3955
3956 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3957 If necessary, disables the tap
3958 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3959 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3960 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3961 and "0" if it is disabled.
3962 @end deffn
3963
3964 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3965 If necessary, enables the tap
3966 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3967 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3968 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3969 and "0" if it is disabled.
3970 @end deffn
3971
3972 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3973 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3974 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3975 and "0" if it is disabled.
3976
3977 @quotation Note
3978 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3979 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3980 @end quotation
3981 @end deffn
3982
3983 @anchor{autoprobing}
3984 @section Autoprobing
3985 @cindex autoprobe
3986 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3987
3988 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3989 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3990 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3991 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3992
3993 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3994 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3995 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3996 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3997 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3998 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3999 right when they come out of reset).
4000
4001 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
4002
4003 @example
4004 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
4005 reset_config trst_and_srst
4006 jtag_rclk 8
4007 @end example
4008
4009 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
4010 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
4011
4012 @enumerate
4013 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
4014 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
4015 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
4016 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
4017 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
4018 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
4019 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
4020 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
4021 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
4022 that is discovered.
4023 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
4024 register, it will report it.
4025 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
4026 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
4027 @end enumerate
4028
4029 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
4030 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
4031 that's a bit more complex:
4032
4033 @example
4034 clock speed 8 kHz
4035 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
4036 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
4037 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
4038 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
4039 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4040 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
4041 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
4042 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
4043 @end example
4044
4045 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
4046 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
4047 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
4048 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
4049 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
4050 and so forth.
4051
4052 @node CPU Configuration
4053 @chapter CPU Configuration
4054 @cindex GDB target
4055
4056 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
4057 You can also access these targets without GDB
4058 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
4059 and @ref{targetstatehandling,,Target State handling}) and
4060 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
4061 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
4062
4063 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
4064 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
4065
4066 @section Target List
4067 @cindex target, current
4068 @cindex target, list
4069
4070 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
4071 where each member has a name.
4072 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
4073 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
4074 (plural!) command.
4075 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
4076 look like with more than one:
4077 @verbatim
4078 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
4079 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
4080 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
4081 1 MyTarget cortex_m little mychip.foo tap-disabled
4082 @end verbatim
4083
4084 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
4085 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
4086 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
4087 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
4088 space seen by that current target.
4089 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
4090 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
4091 are examples; and there are many more.
4092
4093 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
4094
4095 @deffn Command {target count}
4096 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4097 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
4098 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
4099
4100 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
4101 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
4102 @example
4103 set c [target count]
4104 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
4105 # Assuming you have created this function
4106 print_target_details $x
4107 @}
4108 @end example
4109 @end deffn
4110
4111 @deffn Command {target current}
4112 Returns the name of the current target.
4113 @end deffn
4114
4115 @deffn Command {target names}
4116 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
4117 @example
4118 foreach t [target names] @{
4119 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
4120 @}
4121 @end example
4122 @end deffn
4123
4124 @deffn Command {target number} number
4125 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
4126 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
4127
4128 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
4129 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
4130 @example
4131 set thename [target number $x]
4132 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
4133 @end example
4134 @end deffn
4135
4136 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
4137 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
4138
4139 @deffn Command targets [name]
4140 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
4141 command names are singular.}
4142
4143 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
4144 targets in a user friendly form.
4145
4146 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
4147 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
4148 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
4149 @end deffn
4150
4151 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
4152 @cindex target type
4153 @cindex CPU type
4154 @cindex CPU variant
4155
4156 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
4157 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
4158 when calling @command{target create}.
4159 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
4160 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
4161 what kind of debug support it integrates,
4162 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
4163 what core-specific commands may be available
4164 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
4165 and more.
4166
4167 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
4168 indicate differences that affect their handling.
4169 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
4170 worked around in some chip versions.
4171
4172 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
4173 since there's a command to list them.
4174 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
4175 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
4176
4177 @anchor{targettypes}
4178 @deffn Command {target types}
4179 Lists all supported target types.
4180 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
4181
4182 @itemize @bullet
4183 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
4184 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4185 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4186 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
4187 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
4188 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
4189 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
4190 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
4191 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
4192 @item @code{cortex_a} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
4193 @item @code{cortex_m} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
4194 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
4195 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
4196 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
4197 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
4198 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
4199 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
4200 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
4201 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
4202 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
4203 There are several variants defined:
4204 @itemize @minus
4205 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
4206 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
4207 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
4208 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
4209 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
4210 @end itemize
4211 @item @code{openrisc} -- this is an OpenRISC 1000 core.
4212 The current implementation supports three JTAG TAP cores:
4213 @itemize @minus
4214 @item @code{OpenCores TAP} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,jtag})
4215 @item @code{Altera Virtual JTAG TAP} (See: @emph{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_virtualjtag.pdf})
4216 @item @code{Xilinx BSCAN_* virtual JTAG interface} (See: @emph{http://www.xilinx.com/support/documentation/sw_manuals/xilinx14_2/spartan6_hdl.pdf})
4217 @end itemize
4218 And two debug interfaces cores:
4219 @itemize @minus
4220 @item @code{Advanced debug interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,adv_debug_sys})
4221 @item @code{SoC Debug Interface} (See: @emph{http://opencores.org/project,dbg_interface})
4222 @end itemize
4223 @end itemize
4224 @end deffn
4225
4226 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
4227 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
4228 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
4229 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
4230 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
4231 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
4232 reflect design generations;
4233 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
4234 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
4235
4236 @anchor{targetconfiguration}
4237 @section Target Configuration
4238
4239 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
4240 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
4241 which is used to set up the CPU support.
4242 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
4243 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
4244
4245 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
4246 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
4247 optional parts.
4248 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
4249 command, created as part of target creation.
4250
4251 The two main things to configure after target creation are
4252 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
4253 if the board setup code overrides them later;
4254 and event handlers (@pxref{targetevents,,Target Events}), which tend
4255 to be much more board-specific.
4256 The key steps you use might look something like this
4257
4258 @example
4259 target create MyTarget cortex_m -chain-position mychip.cpu
4260 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
4261 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
4262 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
4263 @end example
4264
4265 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
4266 on-chip SRAM.
4267 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
4268 writes to target memory;
4269 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
4270 GDB memory checksumming;
4271 and more.
4272
4273 @quotation Warning
4274 On more complex chips, the work area can become
4275 inaccessible when application code
4276 (such as an operating system)
4277 enables or disables the MMU.
4278 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
4279 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
4280 easy access to other addresses needed.
4281 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
4282 @end quotation
4283
4284 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
4285 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
4286 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
4287 controllers.
4288 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
4289 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
4290 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
4291
4292 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
4293 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
4294 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
4295 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
4296 purposes including additional configuration.
4297
4298 @itemize @bullet
4299 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
4300 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
4301 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
4302 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
4303
4304 This name is also used to create the target object command,
4305 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
4306 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
4307 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{targettypes,,target types}.
4308 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
4309 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
4310 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
4311 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
4312
4313 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
4314 @end itemize
4315 @end deffn
4316
4317 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
4318 The options accepted by this command may also be
4319 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
4320 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
4321 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
4322
4323 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
4324 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
4325 and changing its endianness or variant.
4326
4327 @itemize @bullet
4328
4329 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
4330 used to access this target.
4331
4332 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
4333 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
4334
4335 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
4336 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4337 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
4338 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
4339 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
4340 same event name assigns only one handler.
4341
4342 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
4343 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
4344
4345 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
4346 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
4347 @emph{it is not backed up.}
4348 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
4349 since performing a backup slows down operations.
4350 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
4351 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
4352
4353 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
4354 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
4355 or virtual address is being used.
4356
4357 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
4358 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
4359
4360 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
4361 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
4362 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
4363 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
4364 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
4365
4366 @anchor{rtostype}
4367 @item @code{-rtos} @var{rtos_type} -- enable rtos support for target,
4368 @var{rtos_type} can be one of @option{auto}|@option{eCos}|@option{ThreadX}|
4369 @option{FreeRTOS}|@option{linux}|@option{ChibiOS}|@option{embKernel}
4370 @xref{gdbrtossupport,,RTOS Support}.
4371
4372 @end itemize
4373 @end deffn
4374
4375 @section Other $target_name Commands
4376 @cindex object command
4377
4378 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
4379 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
4380
4381 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
4382 Once a button is created a button
4383 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
4384 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
4385 configure it like this:
4386
4387 @example
4388 # Create
4389 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
4390 # Modify
4391 .foobar configure -foreground blue
4392 # Query
4393 set x [.foobar cget -background]
4394 # Report
4395 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
4396 @end example
4397
4398 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
4399 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
4400
4401 @example
4402 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
4403 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
4404 @end example
4405
4406 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
4407
4408 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
4409 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
4410 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
4411 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
4412 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
4413 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
4414 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
4415 They are not otherwise documented here.
4416 @end deffn
4417
4418 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
4419 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
4420 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
4421 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
4422 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
4423 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
4424 the target side uses raw memory.
4425
4426 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
4427 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
4428 The script orientation comes from working with data
4429 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
4430 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
4431 and neither store nor return those values.
4432
4433 @itemize
4434 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
4435 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
4436 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
4437 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
4438 @end itemize
4439 @end deffn
4440
4441 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
4442 Each configuration parameter accepted by
4443 @command{$target_name configure}
4444 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
4445 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
4446 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
4447 There are a few special cases:
4448
4449 @itemize @bullet
4450 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
4451 event named @var{event_name}.
4452 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
4453 two parameters.
4454 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
4455 This is a special case because this is set using
4456 @command{target create} and can't be changed
4457 using @command{$target_name configure}.
4458 @end itemize
4459
4460 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
4461 all the targets you might use something like this:
4462
4463 @example
4464 foreach name [target names] @{
4465 set y [$name cget -endian]
4466 set z [$name cget -type]
4467 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
4468 $x $name $y $z]
4469 @}
4470 @end example
4471 @end deffn
4472
4473 @anchor{targetcurstate}
4474 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
4475 Displays the current target state:
4476 @code{debug-running},
4477 @code{halted},
4478 @code{reset},
4479 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
4480 (Also, @pxref{eventpolling,,Event Polling}.)
4481 @end deffn
4482
4483 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
4484 Displays a table listing all event handlers
4485 currently associated with this target.
4486 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
4487 @end deffn
4488
4489 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
4490 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
4491 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
4492 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
4493 @end deffn
4494
4495 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
4496 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
4497 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
4498 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
4499 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
4500 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
4501 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
4502 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
4503 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
4504 @end deffn
4505
4506 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
4507 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
4508 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
4509 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4510 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4511 at the specified address @var{addr}.
4512 @end deffn
4513
4514 @anchor{targetevents}
4515 @section Target Events
4516 @cindex target events
4517 @cindex events
4518 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
4519 For example:
4520 @itemize @bullet
4521 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
4522 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
4523 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
4524 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
4525 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
4526 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
4527 to set up system clocks or
4528 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
4529 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
4530 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
4531 @end itemize
4532
4533 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
4534 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
4535 @command{target create ... -event}.
4536
4537 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
4538 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
4539 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
4540
4541 @example
4542 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4543 echo "Reset..."
4544 reset halt
4545 @}
4546 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4547 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4548 echo "Reset..."
4549 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4550 reset init
4551 @}
4552 @end example
4553
4554 The following target events are defined:
4555
4556 @itemize @bullet
4557 @item @b{debug-halted}
4558 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4559 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4560 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4561 @item @b{early-halted}
4562 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4563 @item @b{examine-start}
4564 @* Before target examine is called.
4565 @item @b{examine-end}
4566 @* After target examine is called with no errors.
4567 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4568 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4569 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4570 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4571 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4572 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4573 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4574 @* When GDB disconnects
4575 @item @b{gdb-end}
4576 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4577 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4578 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4579 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4580 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4581 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4582 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4583 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4584 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4585 @item @b{gdb-start}
4586 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4587 @item @b{halted}
4588 @* The target has halted
4589 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4590 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4591 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4592 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4593 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4594 @item @b{reset-assert}
4595 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4596 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4597 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4598 it instead of asserting SRST.
4599 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4600 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4601 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4602 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4603 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4604 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4605 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4606 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4607 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4608 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4609 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4610 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4611 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4612 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4613 released on the scan chain.
4614 @item @b{reset-end}
4615 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4616 @ignore
4617 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4618 @* Currently not used
4619 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4620 @* Currently not used
4621 @end ignore
4622 @item @b{reset-init}
4623 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4624 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4625
4626 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4627 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4628 multiplexing, and so on.
4629 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4630 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4631 @item @b{reset-start}
4632 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4633 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4634
4635 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4636 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4637 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4638 @ignore
4639 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4640 @* Currently not used
4641 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4642 @* Currently not used
4643 @end ignore
4644 @item @b{resume-start}
4645 @* Before any target is resumed
4646 @item @b{resume-end}
4647 @* After all targets have resumed
4648 @item @b{resumed}
4649 @* Target has resumed
4650 @end itemize
4651
4652 @node Flash Commands
4653 @chapter Flash Commands
4654
4655 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4656 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4657 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4658 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4659 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4660 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4661 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4662 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4663 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4664
4665 Flash Steps:
4666 @enumerate
4667 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4668 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4669 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4670 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4671 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4672 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4673 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4674 @item GDB Flashing
4675 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4676 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4677 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
4678 @end enumerate
4679
4680 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4681 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4682 so that it can't boot.
4683 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4684 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4685
4686 @anchor{norconfiguration}
4687 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4688 @cindex flash configuration
4689
4690 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4691 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4692 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4693 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4694 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4695 see the driver-specific documentation.
4696
4697 @itemize @bullet
4698 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4699 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4700 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4701 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4702 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4703 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4704 @xref{flashdriverlist,,Flash Driver List}.
4705 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4706 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4707 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4708 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4709 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4710 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4711 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4712 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4713 commands to the flash controller.
4714 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4715 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4716 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4717 for more information.
4718 @end itemize
4719 @quotation Note
4720 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4721 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4722 @end quotation
4723 @end deffn
4724
4725 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4726 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4727 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4728 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4729 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4730 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4731 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4732 @end deffn
4733
4734 @deffn Command {flash list}
4735 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4736 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4737 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4738 @end deffn
4739
4740 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4741 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4742 depends on the flash type.
4743 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4744 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4745 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4746 but most don't bother.
4747 @end deffn
4748
4749 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4750 @cindex flash erasing
4751 @cindex flash reading
4752 @cindex flash writing
4753 @cindex flash programming
4754 @anchor{flashprogrammingcommands}
4755
4756 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4757 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4758 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4759 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4760 @xref{memoryaccess,,Memory access}, and @ref{imageaccess,,Image access}.
4761
4762 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4763 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4764 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4765 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4766 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4767
4768 @quotation Note
4769 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4770 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4771 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4772 back to a flash bank.
4773 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4774 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4775 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4776 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4777 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4778 @end quotation
4779
4780 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4781 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4782 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4783 disabled first.
4784 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4785 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4786 @xref{flashprotect,,flash protect}.
4787
4788 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4789 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4790 up to and including @var{last}.
4791 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4792 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4793 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4794 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4795 @end deffn
4796
4797 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4798 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4799 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4800 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4801 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4802 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4803 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4804 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4805 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4806 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4807 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4808 before erase starts.
4809 @end deffn
4810
4811 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4812 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4813 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4814 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4815 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4816 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4817 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4818 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4819 before issuing this command.
4820 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4821 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4822 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4823 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4824 @end deffn
4825 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4826
4827 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4828 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4829 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4830 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4831 @end deffn
4832
4833 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4834 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4835 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4836 to the base address for each section in the image.
4837 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4838 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4839 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4840 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4841 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4842 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4843 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4844 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4845 each image section.
4846
4847 @quotation Warning
4848 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4849 data you want to preserve.
4850 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4851 sections might be erased with no notice.
4852 @itemize
4853 @item
4854 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4855 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4856 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4857 @item
4858 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4859 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4860 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4861 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4862 @end itemize
4863 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4864 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4865 @end quotation
4866
4867 @end deffn
4868
4869 @section Other Flash commands
4870 @cindex flash protection
4871
4872 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4873 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4874 and display that status.
4875 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4876 @end deffn
4877
4878 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4879 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4880 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4881 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4882 and possibly stale information.
4883 @end deffn
4884
4885 @anchor{flashprotect}
4886 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4887 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4888 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4889 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4890 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4891 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4892 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4893 @end deffn
4894
4895 @deffn Command {flash padded_value} num value
4896 Sets the default value used for padding any image sections, This should
4897 normally match the flash bank erased value. If not specified by this
4898 comamnd or the flash driver then it defaults to 0xff.
4899 @end deffn
4900
4901 @anchor{program}
4902 @deffn Command {program} filename [verify] [reset] [offset]
4903 This is a helper script that simplifies using OpenOCD as a standalone
4904 programmer. The only required parameter is @option{filename}, the others are optional.
4905 @xref{Flash Programming}.
4906 @end deffn
4907
4908 @anchor{flashdriverlist}
4909 @section Flash Driver List
4910 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4911 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4912 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4913
4914 @subsection External Flash
4915
4916 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4917 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4918 @cindex CFI
4919 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4920 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4921 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4922 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4923 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4924 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4925 configure a bus and its timings), or
4926 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4927 on the flash chip.
4928 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4929 speed up operation.
4930
4931 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4932
4933 @itemize
4934 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4935 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4936 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4937 @end itemize
4938
4939 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4940 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4941
4942 @example
4943 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4944 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4945 @end example
4946
4947 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4948 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4949 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4950
4951 @example
4952 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4953 @end example
4954
4955 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4956 @end deffn
4957
4958 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpcspifi
4959 @cindex NXP SPI Flash Interface
4960 @cindex SPIFI
4961 @cindex lpcspifi
4962 NXP's LPC43xx and LPC18xx families include a proprietary SPI
4963 Flash Interface (SPIFI) peripheral that can drive and provide
4964 memory mapped access to external SPI flash devices.
4965
4966 The lpcspifi driver initializes this interface and provides
4967 program and erase functionality for these serial flash devices.
4968 Use of this driver @b{requires} a working area of at least 1kB
4969 to be configured on the target device; more than this will
4970 significantly reduce flash programming times.
4971
4972 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter. All
4973 other parameters are ignored, and the flash size and layout
4974 are configured by the driver.
4975
4976 @example
4977 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpcspifi 0x14000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4978 @end example
4979
4980 @end deffn
4981
4982 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4983 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4984 @cindex SMI
4985 @cindex stmsmi
4986 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4987 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4988 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4989 SPI flash devices.
4990 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4991 flash devices can be connected.
4992
4993 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4994 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4995 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4996 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4997 the flash content.
4998
4999 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
5000 to identify the memory bank.
5001 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
5002 flash size, are detected automatically.
5003
5004 @example
5005 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5006 @end example
5007
5008 @end deffn
5009
5010 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
5011
5012 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
5013 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
5014 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5015 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
5016 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
5017 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
5018
5019 @example
5020 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5021 @end example
5022 @end deffn
5023
5024 @anchor{at91sam3}
5025 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
5026 @cindex at91sam3
5027 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
5028 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
5029 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
5030 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
5031 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
5032 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
5033 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
5034 chips are confirmed.}
5035
5036 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
5037 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
5038 the following fixed locations:
5039
5040 @example
5041 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
5042 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5043 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
5044 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
5045 @end example
5046
5047 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
5048 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
5049 to the @command{flash bank} command:
5050
5051 @itemize
5052 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
5053 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
5054 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
5055 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
5056 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
5057 @end itemize
5058
5059 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
5060
5061 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
5062 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
5063 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
5064 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
5065 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
5066 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
5067 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
5068
5069 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
5070 modifies that GPNVM bit.
5071 @end deffn
5072
5073 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
5074 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
5075 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
5076 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
5077 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
5078 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
5079 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
5080 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
5081 @end deffn
5082
5083 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
5084 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
5085 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
5086 @end deffn
5087 @end deffn
5088
5089 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam4
5090 @cindex at91sam4
5091 All members of the AT91SAM4 microcontroller family from
5092 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M4 core.
5093 This driver uses the same cmd names/syntax as @xref{at91sam3}.
5094 @end deffn
5095
5096 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
5097 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
5098 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
5099 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
5100 register, and autoconfigures itself.
5101
5102 @example
5103 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5104 @end example
5105
5106 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
5107 provide additional parameters in the following order:
5108
5109 @itemize
5110 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
5111 @item @var{banks}
5112 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
5113 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
5114 @item @var{pages_size}
5115 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
5116 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
5117 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
5118 @end itemize
5119
5120 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
5121 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
5122 will be autoconfigured.
5123 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
5124
5125 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
5126 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
5127 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
5128 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
5129 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
5130
5131 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
5132 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
5133 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
5134 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
5135 are not truly general purpose).
5136 @quotation Note
5137 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
5138 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
5139 @end quotation
5140 @end deffn
5141 @end deffn
5142
5143 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
5144 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
5145 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
5146 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5147 @end deffn
5148
5149 @deffn {Flash Driver} efm32
5150 All members of the EFM32 microcontroller family from Energy Micro include
5151 internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores. The driver automatically recognizes
5152 a number of these chips using the chip identification register, and
5153 autoconfigures itself.
5154 @example
5155 flash bank $_FLASHNAME efm32 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5156 @end example
5157 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete. Unprotecting flash pages is not
5158 supported.}
5159 @end deffn
5160
5161 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
5162 Most members of the LPC1700, LPC1800, LPC2000 and LPC4300 microcontroller
5163 families from NXP include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700, LPC1800),
5164 Cortex-M4 (LPC4300) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
5165
5166 @quotation Note
5167 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
5168 driver:
5169 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
5170 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
5171 @end quotation
5172
5173 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
5174 which must appear in the following order:
5175
5176 @itemize
5177 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
5178 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
5179 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
5180 @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
5181 or @option{lpc4300} - available also as @option{lpc1800} alias (LPC18x[2357] and
5182 LPC43x[2357])
5183 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
5184 at which the core is running
5185 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
5186 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
5187 @quotation Note
5188 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
5189 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
5190 However, if you do provide it,
5191 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
5192 @end quotation
5193 @end itemize
5194
5195 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5196
5197 @example
5198 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
5199 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
5200 @end example
5201
5202 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
5203 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
5204 the specified flash @var{bank}.
5205 @end deffn
5206 @end deffn
5207
5208 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
5209 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
5210 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
5211 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
5212 the programming clock rate in Hz.
5213 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5214
5215 @example
5216 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
5217 @end example
5218 @end deffn
5219
5220 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
5221 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
5222 from NXP.
5223
5224 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
5225 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
5226 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
5227 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
5228 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
5229 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
5230 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
5231 you start the PLL.
5232
5233 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
5234
5235 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
5236 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
5237 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
5238
5239 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
5240 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
5241 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
5242 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
5243 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
5244 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
5245 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
5246
5247 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
5248 @example
5249 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
5250 @end example
5251
5252 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
5253 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
5254 @code{flash banks} command.
5255
5256 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
5257 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
5258 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
5259 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
5260 a known signature.
5261 Example:
5262 @example
5263 lpc2900 signature 0
5264 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
5265 @end example
5266 @end deffn
5267
5268 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
5269 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
5270 saves it to a file in binary format.
5271 Example:
5272 @example
5273 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
5274 @end example
5275 @end deffn
5276
5277 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
5278 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
5279 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
5280 command:
5281
5282 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
5283 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
5284 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
5285 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
5286
5287 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
5288 Example:
5289 @example
5290 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
5291 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
5292 @end example
5293 @end deffn
5294
5295 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
5296 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
5297 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
5298 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
5299 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
5300 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
5301 912 bytes.
5302 @quotation Attention
5303 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5304 @end quotation
5305 Example:
5306 @example
5307 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
5308 @end example
5309 @end deffn
5310
5311 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
5312 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
5313 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
5314 after the next power cycle.
5315 @quotation Attention
5316 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5317 @end quotation
5318 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
5319 Example:
5320 @example
5321 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
5322 flash info 0
5323 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
5324 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5325 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
5326 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
5327 @end example
5328 @end deffn
5329
5330 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
5331 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
5332 effective after the next power cycle.
5333 @quotation Attention
5334 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
5335 @end quotation
5336 Examples:
5337 @example
5338 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
5339 @end example
5340 @end deffn
5341 @end deffn
5342
5343 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
5344 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
5345
5346 @example
5347 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5348 @end example
5349 @end deffn
5350
5351 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
5352 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
5353 and integrate flash memory.
5354
5355 @example
5356 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5357 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5358 @end example
5359
5360 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
5361 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
5362 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
5363 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
5364 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
5365 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
5366 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
5367 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
5368 @end deffn
5369 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
5370 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
5371 This will remove any Code Protection.
5372 @end deffn
5373 @end deffn
5374
5375 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
5376 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
5377 Texas Instruments
5378 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5379 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5380 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5381 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
5382 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5383 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5384
5385 @example
5386 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5387 @end example
5388
5389 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
5390 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
5391 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
5392 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
5393 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
5394 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
5395
5396 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
5397 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
5398 @quotation Warning
5399 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
5400 applied to all of them.
5401 @end quotation
5402 @end deffn
5403 @end deffn
5404
5405 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
5406 All members of the STM32F0, STM32F1 and STM32F3 microcontroller families
5407 from ST Microelectronics include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M0/M3/M4 cores.
5408 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5409 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5410
5411 @example
5412 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5413 @end example
5414
5415 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5416 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5417 the flash driver.
5418
5419 @example
5420 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5421 @end example
5422
5423 If you have a target with dual flash banks then define the second bank
5424 as per the following example.
5425 @example
5426 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0x08080000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5427 @end example
5428
5429 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
5430 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
5431 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
5432 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
5433 are defined:
5434
5435 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
5436 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5437 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5438 @end deffn
5439
5440 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
5441 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5442 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5443 @end deffn
5444
5445 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
5446 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
5447 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
5448 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5449 @end deffn
5450
5451 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
5452 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
5453 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5454 @end deffn
5455 @end deffn
5456
5457 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
5458 All members of the STM32F2 and STM32F4 microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5459 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3/M4 cores.
5460 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5461 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5462
5463 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5464 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5465 the flash driver.
5466
5467 @example
5468 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f2x 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5469 @end example
5470
5471 Some stm32f2x-specific commands are defined:
5472
5473 @deffn Command {stm32f2x lock} num
5474 Locks the entire stm32 device.
5475 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5476 @end deffn
5477
5478 @deffn Command {stm32f2x unlock} num
5479 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
5480 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5481 @end deffn
5482 @end deffn
5483
5484 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32lx
5485 All members of the STM32L microcontroller families from ST Microelectronics
5486 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex-M3 cores.
5487 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
5488 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
5489
5490 Note that some devices have been found that have a flash size register that contains
5491 an invalid value, to workaround this issue you can override the probed value used by
5492 the flash driver.
5493
5494 @example
5495 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32lx 0 0x20000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5496 @end example
5497 @end deffn
5498
5499 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
5500 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5501 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5502 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
5503 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
5504
5505 @example
5506 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
5507 @end example
5508
5509 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
5510 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
5511 for the specified flash bank.
5512 @end deffn
5513 @end deffn
5514
5515 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
5516 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
5517 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
5518 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
5519 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
5520
5521 @example
5522 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5523 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
5524 @end example
5525
5526 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
5527 Configures the str9 flash controller.
5528 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
5529
5530 @itemize @bullet
5531 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
5532 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
5533 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5534 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
5535 @end itemize
5536 @end deffn
5537
5538 @end deffn
5539
5540 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
5541 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
5542 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
5543 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
5544
5545 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
5546
5547 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
5548 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
5549 @end deffn
5550
5551 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
5552 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
5553 @end deffn
5554
5555 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
5556 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
5557 the flash clock.
5558 @end deffn
5559 @end deffn
5560
5561 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
5562 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
5563 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
5564
5565 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
5566
5567 @itemize
5568 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
5569 @end itemize
5570
5571 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
5572 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
5573 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
5574 @example
5575 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5576 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5577 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
5578 @end example
5579 @end deffn
5580
5581 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
5582 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
5583 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
5584 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
5585 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
5586 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
5587 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
5588
5589 @example
5590 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
5591 @end example
5592 @end deffn
5593
5594 @subsection str9xpec driver
5595 @cindex str9xpec
5596
5597 Here is some background info to help
5598 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
5599 the str9:
5600 @enumerate
5601 @item
5602 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
5603 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
5604 @item
5605 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
5606 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
5607 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
5608 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
5609 @end enumerate
5610
5611 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
5612 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
5613 configured for flash bank 0.
5614 @example
5615 # assert srst, we do not want core running
5616 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
5617 jtag_reset 0 1
5618 # turn off target polling
5619 poll off
5620 # disable str9 core
5621 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
5622 # read option bytes
5623 str9xpec options_read 0
5624 # re-enable str9 core
5625 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
5626 poll on
5627 reset halt
5628 @end example
5629 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
5630 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
5631 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5632 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5633
5634 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5635 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5636 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5637 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5638 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5639
5640 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5641
5642 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5643 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5644 @end deffn
5645
5646 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5647 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5648 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5649 @end deffn
5650
5651 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5652 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5653 erase the device.
5654 @end deffn
5655
5656 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5657 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5658 @end deffn
5659
5660 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5661 Configure str9 boot bank.
5662 @end deffn
5663
5664 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5665 Configure str9 lvd source.
5666 @end deffn
5667
5668 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5669 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5670 @end deffn
5671
5672 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5673 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5674 @end deffn
5675
5676 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5677 Read str9 option bytes.
5678 @end deffn
5679
5680 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5681 Write str9 option bytes.
5682 @end deffn
5683
5684 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5685 unlock str9 device.
5686 @end deffn
5687
5688 @end deffn
5689
5690
5691 @section mFlash
5692
5693 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5694 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5695
5696 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5697 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5698 address @var{base}.
5699 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5700 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5701
5702 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5703
5704 @example
5705 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5706 @end example
5707
5708 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5709
5710 @example
5711 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5712 @end example
5713 @end deffn
5714
5715 @subsection mFlash commands
5716 @cindex mFlash commands
5717
5718 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5719 Configure mflash PLL.
5720 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5721 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5722 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5723 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5724 @end deffn
5725
5726 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5727 Configure bootable option.
5728 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5729 (4kB) for boot.
5730 @end deffn
5731
5732 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5733 Configure storage information.
5734 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5735 written.
5736 @end deffn
5737
5738 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5739 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5740 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5741 @end deffn
5742
5743 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5744 Probe mflash.
5745 @end deffn
5746
5747 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5748 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5749 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5750 @end deffn
5751
5752 @node Flash Programming
5753 @chapter Flash Programming
5754
5755 OpenOCD implements numerous ways to program the target flash, whether internal or external.
5756 Programming can be acheived by either using GDB @ref{programmingusinggdb,,Programming using GDB},
5757 or using the cmds given in @ref{flashprogrammingcommands,,Flash Programming Commands}.
5758
5759 @*To simplify using the flash cmds directly a jimtcl script is available that handles the programming and verify stage.
5760 OpenOCD will program/verify/reset the target and shutdown.
5761
5762 The script is executed as follows and by default the following actions will be peformed.
5763 @enumerate
5764 @item 'init' is executed.
5765 @item 'reset init' is called to reset and halt the target, any 'reset init' scripts are executed.
5766 @item @code{flash write_image} is called to erase and write any flash using the filename given.
5767 @item @code{verify_image} is called if @option{verify} parameter is given.
5768 @item @code{reset run} is called if @option{reset} parameter is given.
5769 @item OpenOCD is shutdown.
5770 @end enumerate
5771
5772 An example of usage is given below. @xref{program}.
5773
5774 @example
5775 # program and verify using elf/hex/s19. verify and reset
5776 # are optional parameters
5777 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5778 -c "program filename.elf verify reset"
5779
5780 # binary files need the flash address passing
5781 openocd -f board/stm32f3discovery.cfg \
5782 -c "program filename.bin 0x08000000"
5783 @end example
5784
5785 @node NAND Flash Commands
5786 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5787 @cindex NAND
5788
5789 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5790 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5791 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5792
5793 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5794 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5795 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5796 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5797 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5798 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5799
5800 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5801 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5802 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5803 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5804 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5805 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5806 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5807 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5808 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5809 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5810
5811 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5812 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5813 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5814 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5815 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5816 every 512 bytes of data.
5817
5818 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5819 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5820 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5821 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5822 ECC mode is used.
5823
5824 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5825 @enumerate
5826 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5827 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5828 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5829 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5830 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5831 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5832 to access that device.
5833 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5834 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5835 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5836 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5837 de-brick a board.
5838 @end enumerate
5839
5840 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5841 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5842 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5843 are only 32 bits wide.
5844 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5845 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5846 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5847 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5848
5849 @anchor{nandconfiguration}
5850 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5851 @cindex NAND configuration
5852
5853 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5854 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5855 OpenOCD has initialized.
5856
5857 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5858 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5859 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5860 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5861 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5862 they were a single (larger) device.
5863 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5864 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5865
5866 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5867 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5868 configuration files, not interactively.
5869
5870 @itemize @bullet
5871 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5872 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5873 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5874 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5875 @xref{nanddriverlist,,NAND Driver List}.
5876 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5877 commands to the NAND controller.
5878 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5879 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5880 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5881 for more information.
5882 @end itemize
5883 @end deffn
5884
5885 @deffn Command {nand list}
5886 Prints a summary of each device declared
5887 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5888 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5889 @example
5890 > nand list
5891 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5892 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5893 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5894 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5895 >
5896 @end example
5897 @end deffn
5898
5899 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5900 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5901 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5902 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5903 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5904 it with most other NAND commands.
5905 @end deffn
5906
5907 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5908
5909 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5910 @cindex NAND reading
5911 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5912 starting at the specified offset.
5913 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5914
5915 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5916 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5917
5918 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5919 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5920 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5921
5922 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5923 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5924 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5925 method which handled that error correction.
5926
5927 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5928 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5929 @itemize @bullet
5930 @item no oob_* parameter
5931 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5932 @item @code{oob_raw}
5933 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5934 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5935 spare areas associated with each data page.
5936 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5937 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5938 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5939 @item @code{oob_only}
5940 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5941 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5942 spare areas associated with each data page.
5943 @end itemize
5944 @end deffn
5945
5946 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5947 @cindex NAND erasing
5948 @cindex NAND programming
5949 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5950 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5951 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5952 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5953 If those parameters are not specified,
5954 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5955 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5956
5957 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5958 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5959 block marker.
5960 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5961 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5962 @end deffn
5963
5964 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5965 @cindex NAND writing
5966 @cindex NAND programming
5967 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5968 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5969 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5970 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5971
5972 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5973 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5974
5975 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5976 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5977 past the end of the device.
5978 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5979 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5980 if that's being written.)
5981
5982 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5983 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5984 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5985
5986 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5987 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5988 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5989 @itemize @bullet
5990 @item no oob_* parameter
5991 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5992 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5993 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5994 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5995 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5996 @item @code{oob_only}
5997 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5998 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5999 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
6000 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
6001 @item @code{oob_raw}
6002 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
6003 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
6004 un-altered OOB.
6005 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
6006 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
6007 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
6008 @item @code{oob_softecc}
6009 @*File has only page data, which is written.
6010 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
6011 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
6012 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
6013 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
6014 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
6015 @*File has only page data, which is written.
6016 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
6017 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
6018 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
6019 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
6020 @end itemize
6021 @end deffn
6022
6023 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
6024 @cindex NAND verification
6025 @cindex NAND programming
6026 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
6027 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
6028 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6029
6030 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
6031 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
6032
6033 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
6034 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
6035 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
6036 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
6037 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
6038
6039 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
6040 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
6041 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
6042
6043 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
6044 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
6045 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
6046 be removed in a future release.
6047 @end deffn
6048
6049 @section Other NAND commands
6050 @cindex NAND other commands
6051
6052 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
6053 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
6054 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
6055 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
6056 continues for @var{length} bytes.
6057 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
6058 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
6059 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6060
6061 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
6062 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
6063 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
6064 @end deffn
6065
6066 @deffn Command {nand info} num
6067 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6068 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
6069 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
6070 status for each block.
6071 @end deffn
6072
6073 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6074 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
6075 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6076
6077 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
6078 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
6079 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
6080 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
6081 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
6082
6083 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
6084 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
6085 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
6086 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
6087 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
6088 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
6089 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
6090 @end deffn
6091
6092 @anchor{nanddriverlist}
6093 @section NAND Driver List
6094 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
6095 driver-specific options and behaviors.
6096 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
6097
6098 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
6099 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
6100 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
6101 address of the ECC controller.
6102 @example
6103 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
6104 @end example
6105 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
6106 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
6107 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
6108 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
6109 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
6110 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
6111 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
6112 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6113 @end deffn
6114 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
6115 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
6116 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6117 @end deffn
6118
6119 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
6120 properly configured for input or output.
6121 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
6122 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
6123 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6124 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6125 @end deffn
6126 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
6127 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
6128 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
6129 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
6130 @end deffn
6131 @end deffn
6132
6133 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
6134 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
6135 chips from Texas Instruments.
6136 It takes three extra parameters:
6137 address of the NAND chip;
6138 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
6139 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
6140 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
6141 @example
6142 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
6143 @end example
6144 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
6145 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
6146 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
6147 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
6148 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
6149 @end deffn
6150
6151 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
6152 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6153 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
6154 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
6155 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
6156 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
6157 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
6158 @end deffn
6159
6160 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
6161 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
6162 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
6163 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
6164 @end deffn
6165 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
6166
6167 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
6168 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
6169 should work for this chip aswell.
6170 @end deffn
6171
6172 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
6173 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
6174 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
6175 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
6176 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
6177 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
6178 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
6179 @example
6180 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
6181 @end example
6182 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
6183 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
6184 without parameter query status.
6185 @end deffn
6186 @end deffn
6187
6188 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
6189 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
6190 parameter: the address of the controller.
6191 @example
6192 nand device orion 0xd8000000
6193 @end example
6194 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
6195 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6196 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6197 change any behavior.
6198 @end deffn
6199
6200 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
6201 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
6202 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
6203 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
6204 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
6205 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
6206 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
6207 specialized commands.
6208 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
6209 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
6210 change any behavior.
6211 @end deffn
6212
6213 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
6214 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
6215 @cindex PLD
6216 @cindex FPGA
6217
6218 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
6219 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
6220 OpenOCD can support programming them.
6221 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
6222 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
6223 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
6224 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
6225
6226 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
6227
6228 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
6229 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
6230 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
6231
6232 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
6233 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
6234
6235 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
6236 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
6237 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
6238 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
6239 behavior.
6240 @end deffn
6241
6242 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
6243 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
6244 @end deffn
6245
6246 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
6247 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
6248 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
6249 @end deffn
6250
6251 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
6252
6253 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
6254 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
6255 that particular type of PLD.
6256
6257 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
6258 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
6259 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
6260 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
6261 and one driver-specific command is defined.
6262
6263 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
6264 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
6265 for FPGA @var{num}.
6266 @end deffn
6267 @end deffn
6268
6269 @node General Commands
6270 @chapter General Commands
6271 @cindex commands
6272
6273 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
6274 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
6275 commands are documented elsewhere.
6276
6277 Intent:
6278 @itemize @bullet
6279 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
6280 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
6281 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
6282 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
6283
6284 @item @b{From the human}
6285 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
6286 or via GDB (default port 3333).
6287
6288 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
6289 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
6290 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
6291
6292 @item @b{Machine Interface}
6293 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
6294 port is 5555.
6295 @end itemize
6296
6297
6298 @section Daemon Commands
6299
6300 @deffn {Command} exit
6301 Exits the current telnet session.
6302 @end deffn
6303
6304 @deffn {Command} help [string]
6305 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
6306 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
6307 Not every command provides helptext.
6308
6309 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
6310 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
6311 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
6312 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
6313 @end deffn
6314
6315 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
6316 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
6317 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
6318 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
6319 Useful in connection with script files
6320 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
6321 @end deffn
6322
6323 @deffn Command shutdown
6324 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
6325 @end deffn
6326
6327 @anchor{debuglevel}
6328 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
6329 @cindex message level
6330 Display debug level.
6331 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
6332 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
6333 Level 0 is error messages only;
6334 level 1 adds warnings;
6335 level 2 adds informational messages;
6336 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
6337 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
6338 the command line along with the location of that log
6339 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
6340 @xref{Running}.
6341 @end deffn
6342
6343 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
6344 Logs a message at "user" priority.
6345 Output @var{message} to stdout.
6346 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
6347 @example
6348 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
6349 @end example
6350 @end deffn
6351
6352 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
6353 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
6354 the initial log output channel is stderr.
6355 @end deffn
6356
6357 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
6358 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
6359 @end deffn
6360
6361 @anchor{targetstatehandling}
6362 @section Target State handling
6363 @cindex reset
6364 @cindex halt
6365 @cindex target initialization
6366
6367 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
6368 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
6369 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
6370 a current target which is used to perform the
6371 various operations. The current target may be changed
6372 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
6373 target which should become current.
6374
6375 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
6376 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
6377 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
6378 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
6379 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
6380
6381 @emph{With no arguments}:
6382 list all available registers for the current target,
6383 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
6384 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
6385 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
6386 are flagged as such.
6387
6388 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
6389
6390 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
6391 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
6392 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
6393 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
6394 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
6395 relevant module will flush such values.
6396
6397 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
6398 Debug and trace infrastructure:
6399
6400 @example
6401 > reg
6402 ===== ARM registers
6403 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
6404 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
6405 (2) r2 (/32)
6406 ...
6407 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
6408 >
6409 @end example
6410 @end deffn
6411
6412 @deffn Command halt [ms]
6413 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
6414 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
6415 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
6416 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
6417 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
6418 (and enter debug mode).
6419 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
6420
6421 @quotation Warning
6422 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
6423 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
6424 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
6425 power mode by gating the core clock;
6426 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
6427
6428 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
6429 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
6430 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
6431 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
6432 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
6433 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
6434
6435 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
6436 work with a JTAG debugger.
6437 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
6438 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
6439 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
6440 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
6441 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
6442 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
6443 @end quotation
6444
6445 @end deffn
6446
6447 @deffn Command resume [address]
6448 Resume the target at its current code position,
6449 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6450 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
6451 @end deffn
6452
6453 @deffn Command step [address]
6454 Single-step the target at its current code position,
6455 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
6456 @end deffn
6457
6458 @anchor{resetcommand}
6459 @deffn Command reset
6460 @deffnx Command {reset run}
6461 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
6462 @deffnx Command {reset init}
6463 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
6464 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
6465 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
6466
6467 The optional parameter specifies what should
6468 happen after the reset.
6469 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
6470 The other options will not work on all systems.
6471 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6472
6473 @itemize @minus
6474 @item @b{run} Let the target run
6475 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
6476 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
6477 @end itemize
6478 @end deffn
6479
6480 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
6481 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
6482 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
6483 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
6484 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
6485 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
6486 state.
6487 @end deffn
6488
6489 @section I/O Utilities
6490
6491 These commands are available when
6492 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
6493 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
6494 notably the ZY1000.
6495 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
6496
6497 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
6498
6499 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
6500 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
6501 the text file @file{filename}.
6502 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
6503 The last string is followed by a newline.
6504 @end deffn
6505
6506 @deffn Command cat filename
6507 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
6508 @end deffn
6509
6510 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
6511 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
6512 into @file{dest_filename}.
6513 @end deffn
6514
6515 @deffn Command ip
6516 @emph{No description provided.}
6517 @end deffn
6518
6519 @deffn Command ls
6520 @emph{No description provided.}
6521 @end deffn
6522
6523 @deffn Command mac
6524 @emph{No description provided.}
6525 @end deffn
6526
6527 @deffn Command meminfo
6528 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
6529 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
6530 @end deffn
6531
6532 @deffn Command peek
6533 @emph{No description provided.}
6534 @end deffn
6535
6536 @deffn Command poke
6537 @emph{No description provided.}
6538 @end deffn
6539
6540 @deffn Command rm filename
6541 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
6542 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
6543 @end deffn
6544
6545 @deffn Command trunc filename
6546 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
6547 @end deffn
6548
6549 @anchor{memoryaccess}
6550 @section Memory access commands
6551 @cindex memory access
6552
6553 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
6554 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
6555 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
6556 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
6557
6558 @enumerate
6559 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
6560 to change the current target.
6561 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
6562 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
6563 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
6564 @end enumerate
6565
6566 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
6567 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
6568 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
6569 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
6570 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
6571 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
6572 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6573 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6574 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6575 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6576 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
6577 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
6578 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
6579 @end deffn
6580
6581 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
6582 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
6583 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
6584 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
6585 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
6586 at the specified address @var{addr}.
6587 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
6588 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
6589 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
6590 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
6591 @end deffn
6592
6593 @anchor{imageaccess}
6594 @section Image loading commands
6595 @cindex image loading
6596 @cindex image dumping
6597
6598 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
6599 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
6600 binary file named @var{filename}.
6601 @end deffn
6602
6603 @deffn Command {fast_load}
6604 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
6605 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
6606 @end deffn
6607
6608 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
6609 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
6610 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
6611 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
6612 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
6613 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
6614 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
6615 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
6616 separately.
6617 @end deffn
6618
6619 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
6620 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
6621 The file format may optionally be specified
6622 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
6623 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
6624 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
6625 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
6626 @example
6627 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
6628 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
6629 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
6630 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
6631 @}
6632 @end example
6633 @end deffn
6634
6635 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
6636 Displays image section sizes and addresses
6637 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
6638 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
6639 The file format may optionally be specified
6640 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6641 @end deffn
6642
6643 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
6644 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
6645 The file format may optionally be specified
6646 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
6647 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
6648 @end deffn
6649
6650
6651 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
6652 @cindex breakpoint
6653 @cindex watchpoint
6654
6655 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
6656 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
6657 watchpoints.
6658 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
6659
6660 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
6661 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6662 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6663 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6664 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6665 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6666
6667 (@xref{arm9vectorcatch,,arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscalevectorcatch,,xscale vector_catch},
6668 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6669 @end deffn
6670
6671 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6672 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6673 @end deffn
6674
6675 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6676 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6677 @end deffn
6678
6679 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6680 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6681 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6682 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6683 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6684 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6685 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6686 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6687 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6688 @end deffn
6689
6690 @section Misc Commands
6691
6692 @cindex profiling
6693 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6694 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6695 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6696 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6697 @end deffn
6698
6699 @deffn Command {version}
6700 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6701 @end deffn
6702
6703 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6704 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6705 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6706 @end deffn
6707
6708 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6709 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6710 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6711 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6712
6713 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6714 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6715 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6716 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6717
6718 @anchor{armhardwaretracing}
6719 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6720 @cindex tracing
6721 @cindex ETM
6722 @cindex ETB
6723
6724 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6725 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6726 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6727
6728 @itemize
6729 @item
6730 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6731 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6732 supports such an interface.
6733 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6734 and trace port support.)
6735 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6736 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6737 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6738 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6739 in the board-specific configuration file.
6740 @item
6741 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6742 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6743 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6744 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6745 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6746 @end itemize
6747
6748 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6749
6750 @quotation Issues
6751 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6752 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6753
6754 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6755 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6756 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6757 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6758 dummy trace port driver}.
6759
6760 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6761 as well as tracing only during specific states
6762 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6763
6764 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6765 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6766 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6767 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6768 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6769
6770 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6771 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6772 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6773 this original style of JTAG access.
6774 @end quotation
6775
6776 @subsection ETM Configuration
6777 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6778
6779 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6780 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6781 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{traceportdrivers,,Trace Port Drivers}.
6782
6783 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6784 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6785 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6786 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6787 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6788 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6789 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6790 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6791 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6792
6793 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6794 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6795 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6796
6797 @quotation Warning
6798 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6799 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6800 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6801 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6802 @end quotation
6803
6804 @quotation Note
6805 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6806 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6807 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6808 what CPU activities are traced.
6809 @end quotation
6810 @end deffn
6811
6812 @deffn Command {etm info}
6813 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6814 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6815 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6816 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6817 @end deffn
6818
6819 @deffn Command {etm status}
6820 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6821 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6822 Did trace data overflow?
6823 Was it triggered?
6824 @end deffn
6825
6826 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6827 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6828 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6829 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6830 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6831
6832 @itemize
6833 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6834 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6835 The value is one of
6836 @option{none} (save nothing),
6837 @option{data} (save data),
6838 @option{address} (save addresses),
6839 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6840 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6841 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6842 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6843 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6844 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6845 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6846 trace stream without an image of the code.
6847 @end itemize
6848 @end deffn
6849
6850 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6851 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6852 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6853 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6854 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6855
6856 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6857 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6858 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6859 @end deffn
6860
6861 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6862
6863 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6864 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6865 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6866
6867 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6868 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6869 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6870 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6871 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6872 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6873 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6874
6875 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6876
6877 @itemize
6878 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6879 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6880 for instruction access within that function's body.
6881 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6882 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6883 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6884 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6885 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6886 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6887 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6888 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6889 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6890 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6891 @item @emph{... more}
6892 @end itemize
6893
6894 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6895 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6896
6897 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6898 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6899 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6900 @end deffn
6901
6902 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6903 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6904 @end deffn
6905
6906 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6907 Opens an image file.
6908 @end deffn
6909
6910 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6911 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6912 @end deffn
6913
6914 @deffn Command {etm start}
6915 Starts trace data collection.
6916 @end deffn
6917
6918 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6919 Stops trace data collection.
6920 @end deffn
6921
6922 @anchor{traceportdrivers}
6923 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6924
6925 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6926
6927 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6928 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6929 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6930 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6931 any trace data collection.}
6932 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6933 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6934 @end deffn
6935 @end deffn
6936
6937 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6938 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6939 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6940 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6941 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6942 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6943 @end deffn
6944 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6945 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6946 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6947 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6948 trace trigger becomes active.
6949
6950 @itemize
6951 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6952 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6953 afterwards.
6954 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6955 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6956 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6957 what caused that event to happen.
6958 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6959 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6960 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6961 how the event caused trouble.
6962 @end itemize
6963 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6964 @end deffn
6965
6966 @end deffn
6967
6968 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6969 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6970 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6971 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6972 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6973
6974 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6975 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6976
6977 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6978 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6979 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6980 @end deffn
6981
6982 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6983 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6984 @end deffn
6985
6986 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6987 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6988 @end deffn
6989 @end deffn
6990
6991
6992 @section Generic ARM
6993 @cindex ARM
6994
6995 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6996 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6997 commands that may be available.
6998
6999 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
7000 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
7001 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
7002 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
7003 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
7004 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
7005 @end deffn
7006
7007 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
7008 @cindex disassemble
7009 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
7010 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
7011 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
7012 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
7013 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
7014 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
7015 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
7016
7017 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
7018 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
7019 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
7020 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
7021 with a handful of exceptions.
7022 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
7023 @end deffn
7024
7025 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
7026 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
7027 passing parameters @var{CRn},
7028 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
7029 and using the MCR instruction.
7030 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
7031 an ARM register.)
7032 @end deffn
7033
7034 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
7035 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
7036 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
7037 and the MRC instruction.
7038 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
7039 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
7040 an ARM register.)
7041 @end deffn
7042
7043 @deffn Command {arm reg}
7044 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
7045 core mode if necessary.
7046 @end deffn
7047
7048 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7049 @cindex ARM semihosting
7050 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
7051
7052 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
7053 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
7054 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
7055 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
7056 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
7057 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
7058 @end deffn
7059
7060 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
7061 @cindex ARMv4
7062 @cindex ARMv5
7063
7064 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
7065 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
7066 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
7067 variant.
7068
7069 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
7070 @cindex ARM7
7071 @cindex ARM9
7072
7073 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
7074 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
7075 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
7076 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
7077
7078 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7079 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
7080 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
7081 instead of breakpoints.
7082 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7083
7084 This should be
7085 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
7086 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
7087 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
7088 @end deffn
7089
7090 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7091 @cindex DCC
7092 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
7093 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
7094 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7095
7096 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
7097 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
7098 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
7099 @end deffn
7100
7101 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7102 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
7103 that don't check completion of the operation.
7104 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7105
7106 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
7107 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
7108 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
7109 @end deffn
7110
7111 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
7112 @cindex ARM720T
7113
7114 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
7115 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7116 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
7117 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
7118
7119 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
7120 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7121 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7122
7123 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
7124 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7125 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
7126 @end deffn
7127
7128 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
7129 @cindex ARM9
7130
7131 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
7132 integer processors.
7133 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
7134
7135 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
7136 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
7137 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
7138 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
7139
7140 @anchor{arm9vectorcatch}
7141 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7142 @cindex vector_catch
7143 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
7144 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
7145 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
7146 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
7147 to those hardware vectors.
7148
7149 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
7150 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
7151 vector catch hardware to intercept
7152 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
7153 @option{none} of them,
7154 or a list with one or more of the following:
7155 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
7156 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
7157 @end deffn
7158
7159 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
7160 @cindex ARM920T
7161
7162 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
7163 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
7164 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
7165 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7166 and ARM9 commands.
7167
7168 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
7169 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
7170 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
7171 @end deffn
7172
7173 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
7174 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7175 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7176 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
7177 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
7178 (Not all registers can be written.)
7179 @end deffn
7180
7181 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
7182 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
7183 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
7184
7185 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
7186 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
7187 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
7188 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
7189 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
7190 or using zero if no other address is provided.
7191 @end deffn
7192
7193 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
7194 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
7195 @end deffn
7196
7197 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
7198 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
7199 @end deffn
7200
7201 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
7202 @cindex ARM926ej-s
7203
7204 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
7205 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
7206 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
7207 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7208 and ARM9 commands.
7209
7210 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
7211 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
7212
7213 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
7214 Print information about the caches found.
7215 @end deffn
7216
7217 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
7218 @cindex ARM966E
7219
7220 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
7221 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7222 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
7223 and ARM9 commands.
7224
7225 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
7226 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7227 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7228 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
7229 ARM966E-S TRM.
7230 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
7231 as required for BIST support.
7232 @end deffn
7233
7234 @subsection XScale specific commands
7235 @cindex XScale
7236
7237 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
7238
7239 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
7240 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
7241 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
7242 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
7243 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
7244 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
7245 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
7246
7247 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
7248 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
7249 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
7250 the mini-IC.
7251
7252 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
7253 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
7254 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
7255 code layout in memory:
7256 @example
7257 _vectors:
7258 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7259 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7260 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7261 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7262 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7263 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7264 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7265 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
7266 .org 0x100
7267 .long real_reset_vector
7268 .long real_ui_handler
7269 .long real_swi_handler
7270 .long real_pf_abort
7271 .long real_data_abort
7272 .long 0 /* unused */
7273 .long real_irq_handler
7274 .long real_fiq_handler
7275 @end example
7276
7277 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
7278 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
7279 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
7280 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
7281 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
7282 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
7283 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
7284 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
7285 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
7286 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
7287 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
7288 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
7289 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
7290 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
7291 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
7292 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
7293 software.
7294
7295 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
7296 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
7297 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
7298 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
7299
7300 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
7301 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
7302 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
7303 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
7304 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
7305 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
7306 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
7307 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
7308 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
7309
7310 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
7311 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
7312
7313 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
7314 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
7315 @end deffn
7316
7317 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
7318 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
7319 @end deffn
7320
7321 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
7322 Displays information about the CPU caches.
7323 @end deffn
7324
7325 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
7326 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
7327 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
7328 @end deffn
7329
7330 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
7331 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
7332 @end deffn
7333
7334 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7335 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
7336 @end deffn
7337
7338 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
7339 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
7340 @end deffn
7341
7342 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7343 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
7344 @end deffn
7345
7346 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7347 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
7348 @end deffn
7349
7350 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
7351 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
7352 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
7353 and modifying how it is emptied.
7354 @end deffn
7355
7356 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
7357 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
7358 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
7359 The image @var{type} may be one of
7360 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
7361 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
7362 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
7363 @end deffn
7364
7365 @anchor{xscalevectorcatch}
7366 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
7367 @cindex vector_catch
7368 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
7369 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
7370
7371 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
7372 @example
7373 0x01 Trap Reset
7374 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
7375 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
7376 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
7377 0x10 Trap Data Abort
7378 0x20 reserved
7379 0x40 Trap IRQ
7380 0x80 Trap FIQ
7381 @end example
7382 @end deffn
7383
7384 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
7385 @cindex vector_table
7386
7387 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
7388 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
7389 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
7390 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
7391 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
7392
7393 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
7394
7395 @end deffn
7396
7397 @section ARMv6 Architecture
7398 @cindex ARMv6
7399
7400 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
7401 @cindex ARM11
7402
7403 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7404 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
7405 which is enabled by default.
7406 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7407 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
7408 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
7409 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
7410 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
7411 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
7412 @end deffn
7413
7414 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7415 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
7416 which is enabled by default.
7417 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
7418 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
7419 @end deffn
7420
7421 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
7422 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
7423 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
7424 they are disabled by default.
7425 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
7426 @end deffn
7427
7428 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
7429 @cindex vector_catch
7430 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
7431 coprocessor 14 register 7.
7432 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7433
7434 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7435 for certain hardware events.
7436 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
7437 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
7438 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
7439 @end deffn
7440
7441 @section ARMv7 Architecture
7442 @cindex ARMv7
7443
7444 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
7445 @cindex Debug Access Port
7446 @cindex DAP
7447 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
7448 included on Cortex-M and Cortex-A systems.
7449 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
7450
7451 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
7452 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
7453 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7454 @end deffn
7455
7456 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
7457 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
7458 @end deffn
7459
7460 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
7461 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
7462 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7463 @end deffn
7464
7465 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
7466 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
7467 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
7468 @end deffn
7469
7470 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
7471 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
7472 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
7473 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
7474 @end deffn
7475
7476 @deffn Command {dap apcsw} [0 / 1]
7477 fix CSW_SPROT from register AP_REG_CSW on selected dap.
7478 Defaulting to 0.
7479 @end deffn
7480
7481 @subsection Cortex-M specific commands
7482 @cindex Cortex-M
7483
7484 @deffn Command {cortex_m maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
7485 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
7486
7487 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
7488 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
7489 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
7490 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
7491 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
7492 the step command leaves with the core running.
7493
7494 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
7495 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
7496 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
7497
7498 Default is @option{auto}.
7499 @end deffn
7500
7501 @deffn Command {cortex_m vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
7502 @cindex vector_catch
7503 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
7504 for certain hardware events.
7505
7506 Parameters request interception of
7507 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
7508 @option{none} of them,
7509 or one or more of the following:
7510 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
7511 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
7512 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
7513 @option{irq_err},
7514 @option{state_err},
7515 @option{chk_err}, or
7516 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
7517 @option{reset}.
7518 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
7519 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
7520 are mapped to HardFault.
7521 UsageFault checks for
7522 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
7523 must also be explicitly enabled.
7524
7525 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
7526 @end deffn
7527
7528 @deffn Command {cortex_m reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
7529 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
7530 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7531 @itemize @minus
7532 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
7533 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
7534 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
7535 @end itemize
7536 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M cores.
7537 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
7538 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
7539 the peripherals.
7540 @xref{targetevents,,Target Events}.
7541 @end deffn
7542
7543 @section OpenRISC Architecture
7544
7545 The OpenRISC CPU is a soft core. It is used in a programmable SoC which can be
7546 configured with any of the TAP / Debug Unit available.
7547
7548 @subsection TAP and Debug Unit selection commands
7549 @deffn Command {tap_select} (@option{vjtag}|@option{mohor}|@option{xilinx_bscan})
7550 Select between the Altera Virtual JTAG , Xilinx Virtual JTAG and Mohor TAP.
7551 @end deffn
7552 @deffn Command {du_select} (@option{adv}|@option{mohor}) [option]
7553 Select between the Advanced Debug Interface and the classic one.
7554
7555 An option can be passed as a second argument to the debug unit.
7556
7557 When using the Advanced Debug Interface, option = 1 means the RTL core is
7558 configured with ADBG_USE_HISPEED = 1. This configuration skips status checking
7559 between bytes while doing read or write bursts.
7560 @end deffn
7561
7562 @subsection Registers commands
7563 @deffn Command {addreg} [name] [address] [feature] [reg_group]
7564 Add a new register in the cpu register list. This register will be
7565 included in the generated target descriptor file.
7566
7567 @strong{[feature]} must be "org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group[0..10]".
7568
7569 @strong{[reg_group]} can be anything. The default register list defines "system",
7570 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic"
7571 and "timer" groups.
7572
7573 @emph{example:}
7574 @example
7575 addreg rtest 0x1234 org.gnu.gdb.or1k.group0 system
7576 @end example
7577
7578
7579 @end deffn
7580 @deffn Command {readgroup} (@option{group})
7581 Display all registers in @emph{group}.
7582
7583 @emph{group} can be "system",
7584 "dmmu", "immu", "dcache", "icache", "mac", "debug", "perf", "power", "pic",
7585 "timer" or any new group created with addreg command.
7586 @end deffn
7587
7588 @anchor{softwaredebugmessagesandtracing}
7589 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
7590 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
7591 @cindex tracing
7592 @cindex libdcc
7593 @cindex DCC
7594 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
7595 the target uses appropriate libraries.
7596 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
7597 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
7598
7599 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
7600 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m} cores.
7601 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
7602 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
7603 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
7604 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{armhardwaretracing,,ARM Hardware Tracing}.
7605
7606 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
7607 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
7608 arrays of various size integers from the target,
7609 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
7610 The target being debugged may
7611 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
7612 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
7613 each supported by a command:
7614
7615 @itemize
7616 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
7617 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
7618 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
7619 finding out how some fault was triggered.
7620
7621 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
7622 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
7623 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
7624
7625 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
7626 and then displayed at any time.
7627 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
7628
7629 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
7630 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
7631 @end itemize
7632
7633 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
7634 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
7635 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
7636 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
7637 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
7638 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
7639 does the same thing.
7640
7641 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
7642 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
7643 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
7644 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
7645 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
7646
7647 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
7648 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
7649 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
7650 @end deffn
7651
7652 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
7653 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
7654 in the order they triggered.
7655 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
7656 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
7657 history records.
7658 @end deffn
7659
7660 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
7661 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
7662 they have been triggered.
7663 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
7664 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
7665 and associates it with that identifier.
7666
7667 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
7668 are not related except by this command.
7669 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
7670 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
7671 @end deffn
7672
7673
7674 @node JTAG Commands
7675 @chapter JTAG Commands
7676 @cindex JTAG Commands
7677 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
7678 (@xref{jtagspeed,,JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
7679 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
7680 may be needed to work with targets which require special
7681 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
7682
7683 To use these commands you will need to understand some
7684 of the basics of JTAG, including:
7685
7686 @itemize @bullet
7687 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
7688 devices such as a CPUs.
7689 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
7690 standard state machine (in parallel)
7691 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
7692 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
7693 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
7694 while the reading previous ones.
7695 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
7696 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
7697 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
7698 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
7699 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
7700 registers.
7701 @end itemize
7702
7703 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
7704
7705 These commands are used by developers who need to access
7706 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
7707 the order of TAP state transitions.
7708 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
7709 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7710 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7711 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7712 these commands are not available.
7713
7714 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7715 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7716 that specify the entire register.
7717 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7718 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7719 The return value holds the original value of each
7720 of those fields.
7721
7722 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7723 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7724 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7725 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7726 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7727
7728 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7729 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7730
7731 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7732 in that state.
7733 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7734 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7735 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7736
7737 @quotation Warning
7738 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7739 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7740 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7741 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7742 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7743 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7744 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7745 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7746 @end quotation
7747 @end deffn
7748
7749 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7750 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7751 This may be used for performance tuning.
7752
7753 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7754 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7755 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7756 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7757 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7758 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7759 @end deffn
7760
7761 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7762 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7763 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7764 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7765 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7766 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7767
7768 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7769 in that state.
7770 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7771 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7772 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7773
7774 @quotation Note
7775 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7776 register values, unlike data register values.
7777 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7778 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7779 @end quotation
7780 @end deffn
7781
7782 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7783 Set values of reset signals.
7784 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7785 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7786 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7787 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7788 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7789 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7790 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7791
7792 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7793 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7794 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7795 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7796 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7797 instead of the TRST signal.
7798 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7799 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7800 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7801 with handlers for that event.
7802 @end deffn
7803
7804 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7805 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7806 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7807 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7808 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7809 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7810 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7811 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7812 The final state must also be stable.
7813 @end deffn
7814
7815 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7816 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7817 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7818 Instructions often need some time
7819 to execute before they take effect.
7820 @end deffn
7821
7822 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7823 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7824
7825 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7826 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7827 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7828 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7829 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7830 @end deffn
7831
7832 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7833 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7834 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7835 must also be enabled.
7836 Default is enabled.
7837 @end deffn
7838
7839 @section TAP state names
7840 @cindex TAP state names
7841
7842 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7843 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7844 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7845 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7846
7847 @itemize @bullet
7848 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7849 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7850 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7851 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7852 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7853 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7854 through the data register
7855 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7856 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7857 for update or more shifting
7858 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7859 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7860 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7861 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7862 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7863 through the instruction register
7864 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7865 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7866 for update or more shifting
7867 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7868 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7869 @end itemize
7870
7871 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7872 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7873 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7874 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7875
7876 @itemize @bullet
7877 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7878 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7879 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7880 may not be as expected.
7881 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7882 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7883 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7884 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7885 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7886 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7887 @end itemize
7888
7889 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7890 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7891
7892 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7893 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7894 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7895 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7896
7897 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7898 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7899 @cindex SVF
7900
7901 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7902 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7903 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7904 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7905
7906 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7907 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7908 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7909 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7910 each command is logged before it is executed.
7911 @end deffn
7912
7913 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7914 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7915 @cindex XSVF
7916
7917 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7918 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7919 Xilinx devices.
7920 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7921 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7922
7923 @quotation Important
7924 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7925 @end quotation
7926
7927 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7928 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7929 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7930 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7931 that TAP.
7932 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7933 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7934 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7935 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7936 @end deffn
7937
7938 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7939 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7940 after building the software.
7941 You may find them useful:
7942
7943 @itemize
7944 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7945 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7946 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7947 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7948 @end itemize
7949
7950 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7951 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7952 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7953 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7954 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7955 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7956 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7957
7958
7959 @node Utility Commands
7960 @chapter Utility Commands
7961 @cindex Utility Commands
7962
7963 @section RAM testing
7964 @cindex RAM testing
7965
7966 There is often a need to stress-test random access memory (RAM) for
7967 errors. OpenOCD comes with a Tcl implementation of well-known memory
7968 testing procedures allowing the detection of all sorts of issues with
7969 electrical wiring, defective chips, PCB layout and other common
7970 hardware problems.
7971
7972 To use them, you usually need to initialise your RAM controller first;
7973 consult your SoC's documentation to get the recommended list of
7974 register operations and translate them to the corresponding
7975 @command{mww}/@command{mwb} commands.
7976
7977 Load the memory testing functions with
7978
7979 @example
7980 source [find tools/memtest.tcl]
7981 @end example
7982
7983 to get access to the following facilities:
7984
7985 @deffn Command {memTestDataBus} address
7986 Test the data bus wiring in a memory region by performing a walking
7987 1's test at a fixed address within that region.
7988 @end deffn
7989
7990 @deffn Command {memTestAddressBus} baseaddress size
7991 Perform a walking 1's test on the relevant bits of the address and
7992 check for aliasing. This test will find single-bit address failures
7993 such as stuck-high, stuck-low, and shorted pins.
7994 @end deffn
7995
7996 @deffn Command {memTestDevice} baseaddress size
7997 Test the integrity of a physical memory device by performing an
7998 increment/decrement test over the entire region. In the process every
7999 storage bit in the device is tested as zero and as one.
8000 @end deffn
8001
8002 @deffn Command {runAllMemTests} baseaddress size
8003 Run all of the above tests over a specified memory region.
8004 @end deffn
8005
8006 @section Firmware recovery helpers
8007 @cindex Firmware recovery
8008
8009 OpenOCD includes an easy-to-use script to facilitate mass-market
8010 devices recovery with JTAG.
8011
8012 For quickstart instructions run:
8013 @example
8014 openocd -f tools/firmware-recovery.tcl -c firmware_help
8015 @end example
8016
8017 @node TFTP
8018 @chapter TFTP
8019 @cindex TFTP
8020 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host (as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
8021 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
8022
8023 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
8024 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
8025 server (tftpd). For example,
8026
8027 @example
8028 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
8029 @end example
8030
8031 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
8032 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
8033
8034 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
8035 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
8036 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
8037 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
8038
8039 @node GDB and OpenOCD
8040 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
8041 @cindex GDB
8042 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol and, as such, can be used
8043 to debug remote targets.
8044 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
8045
8046 @itemize
8047 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
8048 @xref{gdbconfiguration,,GDB Configuration}.
8049 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
8050 as shown in this chapter.
8051 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
8052 that also will probably need to be configured.
8053 @end itemize
8054
8055 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
8056 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
8057 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
8058 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
8059 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
8060 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
8061
8062 @section Connecting to GDB
8063 @cindex Connecting to GDB
8064 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
8065 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
8066 errors, which has since been fixed; see
8067 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
8068
8069 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
8070
8071 @enumerate
8072 @item
8073 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
8074 @example
8075 target remote localhost:3333
8076 @end example
8077 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
8078
8079 It is also possible to use the GDB extended remote protocol as follows:
8080 @example
8081 target extended-remote localhost:3333
8082 @end example
8083 @item
8084 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
8085 @example
8086 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
8087 @end example
8088 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
8089 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
8090 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
8091 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
8092 @end enumerate
8093
8094 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
8095 GDB command line.
8096
8097 @section Sample GDB session startup
8098
8099 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
8100 than they do when you're debugging locally.
8101 Here's an example showing how to start a debug session with a
8102 small ARM program.
8103 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
8104 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
8105
8106 @example
8107 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
8108 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
8109 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
8110 ...
8111 (gdb) monitor reset halt
8112 ...
8113 (gdb) load
8114 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
8115 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
8116 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
8117 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
8118 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
8119 (gdb) continue
8120 Continuing.
8121 ...
8122 @end example
8123
8124 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
8125 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
8126 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
8127 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
8128
8129 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
8130
8131 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
8132 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
8133 packet size and the device's memory map.
8134 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
8135 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
8136 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
8137
8138 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
8139 You may need to set those up by hand.
8140 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
8141 something like:
8142
8143 @example
8144 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
8145 @end example
8146
8147 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
8148
8149 @example
8150 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
8151 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
8152 @end example
8153
8154 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
8155 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
8156 do not have such restrictions.
8157
8158 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
8159 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
8160 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
8161
8162 @example
8163 define hook-step
8164 mon cortex_m maskisr on
8165 end
8166 define hookpost-step
8167 mon cortex_m maskisr off
8168 end
8169 @end example
8170
8171 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
8172 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
8173 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
8174 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
8175
8176 @section Programming using GDB
8177 @cindex Programming using GDB
8178 @anchor{programmingusinggdb}
8179
8180 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
8181 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
8182 @example
8183 gdb_memory_map disable
8184 @end example
8185 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
8186 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
8187 working area.
8188
8189 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
8190 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
8191 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
8192 using a memory map. @xref{gdbbreakpointoverride,,gdb_breakpoint_override}.
8193
8194 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}.
8195 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
8196
8197 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
8198 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
8199 @example
8200 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
8201 @end example
8202
8203 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
8204 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
8205
8206 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
8207 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
8208 will be used.
8209
8210 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
8211 script can be executed:
8212 @example
8213 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
8214 @end example
8215
8216 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
8217 can be used.
8218 @anchor{usingopenocdsmpwithgdb}
8219 @section Using OpenOCD SMP with GDB
8220 @cindex SMP
8221 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
8222 @itemize @bullet
8223 @item j - smp status request
8224 @item J - smp set request
8225 @end itemize
8226
8227 OpenOCD implements :
8228 @itemize @bullet
8229 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
8230 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
8231 @option{E01} for target not smp.
8232 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
8233 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
8234 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
8235 @end itemize
8236
8237 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
8238 @itemize @bullet
8239 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
8240 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
8241 @example
8242 set $_core 1
8243 #Jc01 packet is sent
8244 print $_core
8245 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
8246 @end example
8247
8248 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2 cpus in SMP with
8249 core id 0 and 1 @pxref{definecputargetsworkinginsmp,,Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
8250
8251 @example
8252 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
8253 define toggle0
8254 maint packet Jc0
8255 continue
8256 main packet Jc-1
8257 end
8258 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
8259 define toggle1
8260 maint packet Jc1
8261 continue
8262 main packet Jc-1
8263 end
8264 @end example
8265 @end itemize
8266
8267 @section RTOS Support
8268 @cindex RTOS Support
8269 @anchor{gdbrtossupport}
8270
8271 OpenOCD includes RTOS support, this will however need enabling as it defaults to disabled.
8272 It can be enabled by passing @option{-rtos} arg to the target @xref{rtostype,,RTOS Type}.
8273
8274 @* An example setup is below:
8275
8276 @example
8277 $_TARGETNAME configure -rtos auto
8278 @end example
8279
8280 This will attempt to auto detect the RTOS within your application.
8281
8282 Currently supported rtos's include:
8283 @itemize @bullet
8284 @item @option{eCos}
8285 @item @option{ThreadX}
8286 @item @option{FreeRTOS}
8287 @item @option{linux}
8288 @item @option{ChibiOS}
8289 @item @option{embKernel}
8290 @end itemize
8291
8292 @quotation Note
8293 Before an RTOS can be detected, it must export certain symbols; otherwise, it cannot
8294 be used by OpenOCD. Below is a list of the required symbols for each supported RTOS.
8295 @end quotation
8296
8297 @table @code
8298 @item eCos symbols
8299 Cyg_Thread::thread_list, Cyg_Scheduler_Base::current_thread.
8300 @item ThreadX symbols
8301 _tx_thread_current_ptr, _tx_thread_created_ptr, _tx_thread_created_count.
8302 @item FreeRTOS symbols
8303 pxCurrentTCB, pxReadyTasksLists, xDelayedTaskList1, xDelayedTaskList2,
8304 pxDelayedTaskList, pxOverflowDelayedTaskList, xPendingReadyList,
8305 xTasksWaitingTermination, xSuspendedTaskList, uxCurrentNumberOfTasks, uxTopUsedPriority.
8306 @item linux symbols
8307 init_task.
8308 @item ChibiOS symbols
8309 rlist, ch_debug, chSysInit.
8310 @item embKernel symbols
8311 Rtos::sCurrentTask, Rtos::sListReady, Rtos::sListSleep,
8312 Rtos::sListSuspended, Rtos::sMaxPriorities, Rtos::sCurrentTaskCount.
8313 @end table
8314
8315 For most RTOS supported the above symbols will be exported by default. However for
8316 some, eg. FreeRTOS @option{xTasksWaitingTermination} is only exported
8317 if @option{INCLUDE_vTaskDelete} is defined during the build.
8318
8319 @node Tcl Scripting API
8320 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
8321 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
8322 @cindex Tcl scripts
8323 @section API rules
8324
8325 Tcl commands are stateless; e.g. the @command{telnet} command has
8326 a concept of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort
8327 of state information as an argument to each proc.
8328
8329 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
8330 pair list and lists.
8331
8332 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
8333 list.
8334
8335 @example
8336 > set foo(me) Duane
8337 > set foo(you) Oyvind
8338 > set foo(mouse) Micky
8339 > set foo(duck) Donald
8340 @end example
8341
8342 If one does this:
8343
8344 @example
8345 > set foo
8346 @end example
8347
8348 The result is:
8349
8350 @example
8351 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
8352 @end example
8353
8354 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
8355
8356 @verbatim
8357 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
8358 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
8359 }
8360 @end verbatim
8361
8362 Lists returned should be relatively small. Otherwise, a range
8363 should be passed in to the proc in question.
8364
8365 @section Internal low-level Commands
8366
8367 By "low-level," we mean commands that a human would typically not
8368 invoke directly.
8369
8370 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_"; e.g.
8371 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
8372 is the low-level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
8373
8374 @itemize @bullet
8375 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8376
8377 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
8378 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
8379
8380 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
8381 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
8382
8383 Return information about the flash banks
8384 @end itemize
8385
8386 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
8387 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
8388 called "flash_banks".
8389
8390 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
8391
8392 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
8393 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
8394 holds one of the following values:
8395
8396 @itemize @bullet
8397 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
8398 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
8399 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
8400 @item @b{openbsd} Running under OpenBSD
8401 @item @b{netbsd} Running under NetBSD
8402 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
8403 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
8404 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
8405 @item @b{ecos} Running under eCos
8406 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
8407 @end itemize
8408
8409 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
8410
8411 @quotation Note
8412 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
8413 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
8414 @code{jim_platform} (because it
8415 is jim, not real tcl).
8416 @end quotation
8417
8418 @node FAQ
8419 @chapter FAQ
8420 @cindex faq
8421 @enumerate
8422 @anchor{faqrtck}
8423 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
8424 @cindex RTCK
8425 @cindex adaptive clocking
8426 @*
8427
8428 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
8429 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
8430 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
8431 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
8432
8433 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
8434 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
8435 for example. There are 2 basic options:
8436 @enumerate
8437 @item
8438 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
8439 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
8440 @item
8441 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
8442 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
8443 @end enumerate
8444
8445 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
8446 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
8447 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
8448 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
8449 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
8450 power).
8451
8452 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
8453 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
8454 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
8455 ARM926 scenario).
8456 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
8457 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
8458 JTAG can use a faster clock.
8459
8460 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
8461 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
8462 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
8463 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
8464
8465 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
8466
8467 In order to make use of this,
8468 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
8469 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
8470
8471 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
8472 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
8473 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
8474 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
8475 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
8476
8477 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
8478 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
8479 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
8480 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
8481
8482 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
8483 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
8484 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
8485 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
8486 with a CPLD.
8487 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
8488 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
8489 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
8490 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
8491 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
8492 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
8493
8494 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
8495
8496 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
8497
8498 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
8499 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
8500 depending on the chips on your board.
8501 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
8502 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
8503 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
8504
8505 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
8506 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
8507 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
8508
8509 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
8510 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
8511 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
8512 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
8513
8514 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
8515 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
8516 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
8517 this way.
8518
8519 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
8520 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
8521 clock rate.
8522 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
8523 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
8524 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
8525
8526 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
8527
8528 @example
8529 # Example: 1.234MHz
8530 adapter_khz 1234
8531 @end example
8532
8533
8534 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
8535
8536 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
8537 around Windows filenames.
8538
8539 @example
8540 > echo \a
8541
8542 > echo @{\a@}
8543 \a
8544 > echo "\a"
8545
8546 >
8547 @end example
8548
8549
8550 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
8551
8552 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
8553 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
8554 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
8555
8556 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
8557 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
8558 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
8559
8560 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
8561 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
8562 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
8563
8564 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
8565
8566 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
8567 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
8568 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
8569 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
8570
8571 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
8572 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
8573 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
8574
8575 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
8576 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
8577
8578 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
8579 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
8580 memory read caused data abort".
8581
8582 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
8583 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
8584 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
8585 be done, feel free to add this here.
8586
8587 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
8588 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
8589 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
8590 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
8591 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
8592 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
8593 gracefully stops.
8594
8595 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
8596 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
8597 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
8598
8599 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
8600 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
8601 bytes. Painful...
8602
8603
8604 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
8605 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
8606
8607 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
8608 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
8609 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
8610 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
8611 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
8612 reset, everything else should work fine.
8613
8614 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
8615 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
8616 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
8617 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
8618
8619 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
8620 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
8621 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
8622 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
8623
8624 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
8625
8626 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
8627 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
8628 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
8629 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8630
8631 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
8632 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
8633 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
8634 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
8635
8636 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
8637 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
8638 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
8639
8640 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
8641 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
8642
8643 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
8644 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
8645 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
8646 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
8647 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
8648 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
8649 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
8650 clock frequency?
8651
8652 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
8653 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
8654 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
8655 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
8656 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
8657
8658 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
8659
8660 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
8661 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
8662 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
8663 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
8664 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
8665 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
8666 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
8667
8668 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
8669
8670 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
8671 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
8672 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
8673 up DRAM and loading it with code.
8674
8675 @anchor{faqtaporder}
8676 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
8677 particular order?
8678
8679 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
8680 the same order used by the hardware.
8681
8682 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
8683 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
8684 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
8685 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
8686 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
8687 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
8688
8689 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
8690 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
8691 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
8692 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
8693
8694 @itemize @bullet
8695 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
8696 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
8697 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
8698 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
8699 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
8700 @end itemize
8701
8702 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
8703
8704 @itemize @bullet
8705 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
8706 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
8707 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
8708 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
8709 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
8710 @end itemize
8711
8712
8713 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
8714 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
8715 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
8716
8717 TODO.
8718
8719 @end enumerate
8720
8721 @node Tcl Crash Course
8722 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
8723 @cindex Tcl
8724
8725 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
8726 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
8727 how the Tcl scripts work.
8728
8729 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
8730 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
8731 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
8732 OpenOCD.
8733
8734 @section Tcl Rule #1
8735 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
8736 @enumerate
8737 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
8738 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8739 @end enumerate
8740
8741 The Tcl equal is this:
8742
8743 @enumerate
8744 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
8745 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8746 @end enumerate
8747
8748 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
8749 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
8750
8751 @section Tcl Rule #1b
8752 There is a second pair of rules.
8753 @enumerate
8754 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
8755 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
8756 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
8757 in Tcl.
8758 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
8759 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
8760 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
8761 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
8762 @end enumerate
8763
8764 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
8765 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
8766 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
8767 Everything is a string}
8768
8769 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
8770 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
8771 difference is subtle.
8772 @enumerate
8773 @item Parse Time
8774 @item Evaluation Time
8775 @end enumerate
8776
8777 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
8778 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
8779 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
8780
8781 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
8782 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
8783 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
8784 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
8785
8786 @itemize @bullet
8787 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
8788 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
8789 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
8790 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
8791 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
8792 @example
8793 # bash example
8794 X=`date`
8795 echo "The Date is: $X"
8796 # Tcl example
8797 set X [date]
8798 puts "The Date is: $X"
8799 @end example
8800 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
8801 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
8802 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
8803 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
8804 is a string}
8805 @example
8806 set x "Dinner"
8807 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
8808 @end example
8809 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
8810 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
8811 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
8812 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
8813 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
8814 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
8815 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
8816 @end itemize
8817
8818 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
8819
8820 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
8821
8822 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
8823
8824 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
8825 the normal way.
8826
8827 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
8828 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
8829 line is immedatly executed.
8830
8831 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
8832 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8833
8834 @subsection Command Execution
8835
8836 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8837 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8838 control flow operators.
8839
8840 Commands are executed like this:
8841
8842 @enumerate
8843 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8844 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8845 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8846 @end enumerate
8847
8848 It sort of works like this:
8849 @example
8850 for(;;)@{
8851 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8852
8853 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8854
8855 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8856 @}
8857 @end example
8858
8859 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8860 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8861 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8862 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8863 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8864 ``LookupCommand()''
8865
8866 @subsection The FOR command
8867
8868 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8869 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8870 command just like any other command.
8871
8872 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8873 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8874 are:
8875
8876 @enumerate 0
8877 @item The ascii text 'for'
8878 @item The start text
8879 @item The test expression
8880 @item The next text
8881 @item The body text
8882 @end enumerate
8883
8884 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8885 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8886 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8887 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8888
8889 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8890 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8891
8892 @example
8893 int
8894 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8895 int *argc,
8896 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8897 @end example
8898
8899 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8900 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8901 still operates in the same basic way.
8902
8903 @subsection FOR command implementation
8904
8905 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8906 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8907
8908 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8909
8910 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8911
8912 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8913 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8914 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8915
8916 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8917 expression and returns a value.
8918
8919 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8920 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8921 @example
8922 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8923
8924 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8925
8926 int
8927 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8928 int argc,
8929 char **argv )
8930 @{
8931 if( argc != 5 )@{
8932 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8933 return ERROR;
8934 @}
8935
8936 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8937
8938 // Execute the start statement.
8939 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8940
8941 // Top of loop test
8942 for(;;)@{
8943 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8944 if( i == 0 )
8945 break;
8946
8947 // Execute the body
8948 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8949
8950 // Execute the LOOP part
8951 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8952 @}
8953
8954 // Return no error
8955 SetResult( interp, "" );
8956 return SUCCESS;
8957 @}
8958 @end example
8959
8960 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8961 in the same basic way.
8962
8963 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8964
8965 @subsection source and find commands
8966 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8967 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8968 @*Remember the parsing rules
8969 @enumerate
8970 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8971 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8972 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8973 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8974 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8975 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8976 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8977 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8978 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8979 @end enumerate
8980 @subsection format command
8981 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8982 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8983 @b{sprintf()}.
8984 @b{Example}
8985 @example
8986 set x 6
8987 set y 7
8988 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8989 @end example
8990 @enumerate
8991 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8992 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8993 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8994 @* Refer to Rule #1
8995 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8996 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8997 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8998 @end enumerate
8999 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
9000 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
9001 @example
9002 #1 Good
9003 proc someproc @{@} @{
9004 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
9005 @}
9006 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
9007 #2 Good - no variables
9008 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
9009 #3 Good Curly Braces
9010 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
9011 puts "Time: [date]"
9012 @}
9013 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
9014 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
9015 @end example
9016 @enumerate
9017 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
9018 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
9019 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
9020 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
9021 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
9022 command.
9023 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
9024 @*There are 4 examples:
9025 @enumerate
9026 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
9027 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
9028 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
9029 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
9030 @end enumerate
9031
9032 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
9033 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
9034 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
9035
9036 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
9037 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
9038 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
9039 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
9040 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
9041 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
9042 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
9043 @end enumerate
9044 @subsection Global Variables
9045 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
9046 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
9047 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
9048 @example
9049 proc myproc @{ @} @{
9050 set y 0 #Local variable Y
9051 global x #Global variable X
9052 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
9053 @}
9054 @end example
9055 @section Other Tcl Hacks
9056 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
9057 @example
9058 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
9059 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
9060 # Create var name
9061 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
9062 # Make it a global
9063 global $vn
9064 # Set it.
9065 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
9066 @}
9067 @end example
9068 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
9069 @example
9070 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
9071 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
9072 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
9073 @}
9074 @end example
9075
9076 @include fdl.texi
9077
9078 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
9079 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
9080 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
9081 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
9082 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
9083 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
9084
9085 @printindex cp
9086
9087 @node Command and Driver Index
9088 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
9089 @printindex fn
9090
9091 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)